[PATCH 1/2] Drop automake-installed files

Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov dbaryshkov at gmail.com
Sun Sep 22 22:02:30 CEST 2013


* compile, config.guess, config.sub, depcomp, doc/mdate.sh,
  doc/texinfo.tex, install-sh, missing, mkinstalldirs: Drop files.
* .gitignore: Ignore freshly removed files.
* autogen.sh: call automake with --add-missing argument to install
  missing files.

--
Automake 1.13 and 1.14 add another script - test-driver. Moreover they
are not fully compatible with provided missing script. So drop files
that can be installed by automake. They are better to be in sync
with automake used.

Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov at gmail.com>
---
 .gitignore      |   10 +
 autogen.sh      |    4 +-
 compile         |  142 --
 config.guess    | 1534 ------------
 config.sub      | 1786 -------------
 depcomp         |  584 -----
 doc/mdate-sh    |  201 --
 doc/texinfo.tex | 7482 -------------------------------------------------------
 install-sh      |  520 ----
 missing         |  360 ---
 mkinstalldirs   |  161 --
 11 files changed, 12 insertions(+), 12772 deletions(-)
 delete mode 100755 compile
 delete mode 100755 config.guess
 delete mode 100755 config.sub
 delete mode 100755 depcomp
 delete mode 100755 doc/mdate-sh
 delete mode 100644 doc/texinfo.tex
 delete mode 100755 install-sh
 delete mode 100755 missing
 delete mode 100755 mkinstalldirs

diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index ec7f8bb..9a2105a 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -6,11 +6,18 @@ po/*.gmo
 po/messages.mo
 /aclocal.m4
 /autom4te.cache
+/compile
+/config.guess
 /config.h.in
 /config.h
 /config.log
 /config.status
+/config.sub
 /configure
+/depcomp
+/install-sh
+/missing
+/mkinstalldirs
 /libtool
 /stamp-h1
 /Makefile.in
@@ -29,6 +36,8 @@ cipher/libcipher.la
 compat/Makefile
 compat/libcompat.la
 doc/gcrypt.info
+doc/mdate-sh
+doc/texinfo.tex
 doc/stamp-vti
 doc/version.texi
 doc/Makefile
@@ -60,6 +69,7 @@ src/hmac256
 src/libgcrypt-config
 src/libgcrypt.la
 src/versioninfo.rc
+test-driver
 tests/Makefile
 tests/ac
 tests/ac-data
diff --git a/autogen.sh b/autogen.sh
index 841c2c2..df7953b 100755
--- a/autogen.sh
+++ b/autogen.sh
@@ -269,8 +269,8 @@ echo "Running aclocal -I m4 ${ACLOCAL_FLAGS:+$ACLOCAL_FLAGS }..."
 $ACLOCAL -I m4 $ACLOCAL_FLAGS
 echo "Running autoheader..."
 $AUTOHEADER
-echo "Running automake --gnu ..."
-$AUTOMAKE --gnu;
+echo "Running automake --gnu --add-missing ..."
+$AUTOMAKE --gnu --add-missing;
 echo "Running autoconf${FORCE} ..."
 $AUTOCONF${FORCE}
 
diff --git a/compile b/compile
deleted file mode 100755
index 1b1d232..0000000
--- a/compile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
-
-scriptversion=2005-05-14.22
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey at cygnus.com>.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
-# bugs to <bug-automake at gnu.org> or send patches to
-# <automake-patches at gnu.org>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'.
-Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
-arguments, and rename the output as expected.
-
-If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
-right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'.
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake at gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "compile $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-ofile=
-cfile=
-eat=
-
-for arg
-do
-  if test -n "$eat"; then
-    eat=
-  else
-    case $1 in
-      -o)
-	# configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
-	# So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object.
-	eat=1
-	case $2 in
-	  *.o | *.obj)
-	    ofile=$2
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    set x "$@" -o "$2"
-	    shift
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	;;
-      *.c)
-	cfile=$1
-	set x "$@" "$1"
-	shift
-	;;
-      *)
-	set x "$@" "$1"
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  fi
-  shift
-done
-
-if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
-  # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
-  # pattern rule where we don't need one.  That is ok -- this is a
-  # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle.  If no
-  # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking.  That is also
-  # ok.
-  exec "$@"
-fi
-
-# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
-cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.c$/.o/'`
-
-# Create the lock directory.
-# Note: use `[/.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
-# that we are using for the .o file.  Also, base the name on the expected
-# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
-lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d
-while true; do
-  if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-    break
-  fi
-  sleep 1
-done
-# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
-trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
-
-# Run the compile.
-"$@"
-ret=$?
-
-if test -f "$cofile"; then
-  mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
-elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
-  mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
-fi
-
-rmdir "$lockdir"
-exit $ret
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
diff --git a/config.guess b/config.guess
deleted file mode 100755
index ad5f74a..0000000
--- a/config.guess
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1534 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
-#   2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2012-07-31'
-
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-# General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Originally written by Per Bothner.  Please send patches (context
-# diff format) to <config-patches at gnu.org> and include a ChangeLog
-# entry.
-#
-# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to
-# config.sub.  If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and
-# exits with 0.  Otherwise, it exits with 1.
-#
-# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]
-
-Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on.
-
-Operation modes:
-  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
-  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
-  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to <config-patches at gnu.org>."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
-
-Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case $1 in
-    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
-    --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
-    --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-    -- )     # Stop option processing
-       shift; break ;;
-    - )	# Use stdin as input.
-       break ;;
-    -* )
-       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2
-       exit 1 ;;
-    * )
-       break ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-if test $# != 0; then
-  echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15
-
-# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a
-# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires
-# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a
-# headache to deal with in a portable fashion.
-
-# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still
-# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated.
-
-# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team.
-
-set_cc_for_build='
-trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
-trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
-: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
- { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
- { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
- { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
- { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
-dummy=$tmp/dummy ;
-tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ;
-case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
- ,,)    echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ;
-	for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do
-	  if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	     CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ;
-	  fi ;
-	done ;
-	if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then
-	  CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ;
-	fi
-	;;
- ,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
- ,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
-esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
-
-# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
-# (ghazi at noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24)
-if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH
-fi
-
-UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown
-UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown
-UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null`  || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown
-UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown
-
-# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive.
-
-case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
-    *:NetBSD:*:*)
-	# NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or
-	# more of the tuples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*,
-	# *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*.  For targets that recently
-	# switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old
-	# object file format.  This provides both forward
-	# compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the
-	# object file format.
-	#
-	# Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor
-	# portion of the name.  We always set it to "unknown".
-	sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch"
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \
-	    /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
-	    armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;;
-	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
-	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
-	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
-	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
-	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
-	esac
-	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
-	# to ELF recently, or will in the future.
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in
-	    arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax)
-		eval $set_cc_for_build
-		if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-			| grep -q __ELF__
-		then
-		    # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout).
-		    # Return netbsd for either.  FIX?
-		    os=netbsd
-		else
-		    os=netbsdelf
-		fi
-		;;
-	    *)
-		os=netbsd
-		;;
-	esac
-	# The OS release
-	# Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and
-	# thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need
-	# kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a
-	# suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu.
-	case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in
-	    Debian*)
-		release='-gnu'
-		;;
-	    *)
-		release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM:
-	# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
-	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
-	echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
-	exit ;;
-    *:Bitrig:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/Bitrig.//'`
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-bitrig${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:SolidBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:MirBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    alpha:OSF1:*:*)
-	case $UNAME_RELEASE in
-	*4.0)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
-		;;
-	*5.*)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
-	# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995.  I hope that
-	# covers most systems running today.  This code pipes the CPU
-	# types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0.
-	ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^  The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1`
-	case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in
-	    "EV4 (21064)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
-	    "EV4.5 (21064)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
-	    "LCA4 (21066/21068)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;;
-	    "EV5 (21164)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;;
-	    "EV5.6 (21164A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;;
-	    "EV5.6 (21164PC)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;;
-	    "EV5.7 (21164PC)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;;
-	    "EV6 (21264)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;;
-	    "EV6.7 (21264A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;;
-	    "EV6.8CB (21264C)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
-	    "EV6.8AL (21264B)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
-	    "EV6.8CX (21264D)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;;
-	    "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;;
-	    "EV7 (21364)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;;
-	    "EV7.9 (21364A)")
-		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
-	esac
-	# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
-	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
-	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
-	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
-	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
-	# Reset EXIT trap before exiting to avoid spurious non-zero exit code.
-	exitcode=$?
-	trap '' 0
-	exit $exitcode ;;
-    Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
-	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
-	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
-	# of the specific Alpha model?
-	echo alpha-pc-interix
-	exit ;;
-    21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
-	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
-	exit ;;
-    Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
-	exit ;;
-    *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
-	exit ;;
-    *:OS/390:*:*)
-	echo i370-ibm-openedition
-	exit ;;
-    *:z/VM:*:*)
-	echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
-	exit ;;
-    *:OS400:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-ibm-os400
-	exit ;;
-    arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
-	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
-	echo arm-unknown-riscos
-	exit ;;
-    SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
-	exit ;;
-    Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
-	# akee at wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
-	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
-		echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3
-	else
-		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
-	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
-	exit ;;
-    DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
-	echo sparc-icl-nx6
-	exit ;;
-    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
-	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
-	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    s390x:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	SUN_ARCH="i386"
-	# If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects.
-	# Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does.
-	# This test works for both compilers.
-	if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
-	    if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
-		(CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
-		grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
-	    then
-		SUN_ARCH="x86_64"
-	    fi
-	fi
-	echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
-	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
-	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
-	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
-	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
-	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
-	    Series*|S4*)
-		UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v`
-		;;
-	esac
-	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
-	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
-	exit ;;
-    sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
-	UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
-	test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
-	case "`/bin/arch`" in
-	    sun3)
-		echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		;;
-	    sun4)
-		echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    aushp:SunOS:*:*)
-	echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
-    # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
-    # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
-    # > m68000).  The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT"
-    # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint").  Finally
-    # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not
-    # MiNT.  But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should
-    # be no problem.
-    atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    m68k:machten:*:*)
-	echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    powerpc:machten:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    RISC*:Mach:*:*)
-	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
-	exit ;;
-    RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
-	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
-	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
-	echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-#include <stdio.h>  /* for printf() prototype */
-	int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
-#else
-	int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; {
-#endif
-	#if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB)
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD)
-	  printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0);
-	#endif
-	#endif
-	  exit (-1);
-	}
-EOF
-	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
-	  dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
-	  SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
-	    { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
-	exit ;;
-    Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
-	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:*:4*:R4*)
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    m88k:*:3*:R3*)
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    AViiON:dgux:*:*)
-	# DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
-	if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ]
-	then
-	    if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \
-	       [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ]
-	    then
-		echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	    else
-		echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	    fi
-	else
-	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
-	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    M88*:*:R3*:*)
-	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
-	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
-	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
-	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    *:IRIX*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
-	exit ;;
-    ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
-	echo romp-ibm-aix     # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
-	exit ;;               # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
-    i*86:AIX:*:*)
-	echo i386-ibm-aix
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:AIX:*:*)
-	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
-		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
-	else
-		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:2:3)
-	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		eval $set_cc_for_build
-		sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-		#include <sys/systemcfg.h>
-
-		main()
-			{
-			if (!__power_pc())
-				exit(1);
-			puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5");
-			exit(0);
-			}
-EOF
-		if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
-		then
-			echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
-		else
-			echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
-		fi
-	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
-	else
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:*:[4567])
-	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
-	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-		IBM_ARCH=rs6000
-	else
-		IBM_ARCH=powerpc
-	fi
-	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
-		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
-	else
-		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    *:AIX:*:*)
-	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
-	exit ;;
-    ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
-	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
-	exit ;;
-    ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC BSD and
-	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to
-	exit ;;                             # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
-    *:BOSX:*:*)
-	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
-	exit ;;
-    DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
-	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
-	exit ;;
-    9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
-	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
-	exit ;;
-    9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
-	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
-	    9000/31? )            HP_ARCH=m68000 ;;
-	    9000/[34]?? )         HP_ARCH=m68k ;;
-	    9000/[678][0-9][0-9])
-		if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then
-		    sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null`
-		    sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null`
-		    case "${sc_cpu_version}" in
-		      523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0
-		      528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1
-		      532)                      # CPU_PA_RISC2_0
-			case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in
-			  32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;;
-			  64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;;
-			  '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;;   # HP-UX 10.20
-			esac ;;
-		    esac
-		fi
-		if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then
-		    eval $set_cc_for_build
-		    sed 's/^		//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-
-		#define _HPUX_SOURCE
-		#include <stdlib.h>
-		#include <unistd.h>
-
-		int main ()
-		{
-		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
-		    long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS);
-		#endif
-		    long cpu  = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-
-		    switch (cpu)
-			{
-			case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
-			case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break;
-			case CPU_PA_RISC2_0:
-		#if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS)
-			    switch (bits)
-				{
-				case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break;
-				case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break;
-				default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
-				} break;
-		#else  /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */
-			    puts ("hppa2.0"); break;
-		#endif
-			default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break;
-			}
-		    exit (0);
-		}
-EOF
-		    (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy`
-		    test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa
-		fi ;;
-	esac
-	if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
-	then
-	    eval $set_cc_for_build
-
-	    # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
-	    # 32-bit code.  hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
-	    # generating 64-bit code.  GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
-	    #
-	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
-	    # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
-	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
-	    # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
-
-	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
-		grep -q __LP64__
-	    then
-		HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
-	    else
-		HP_ARCH="hppa64"
-	    fi
-	fi
-	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
-	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
-	echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit ;;
-    3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#include <unistd.h>
-	int
-	main ()
-	{
-	  long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION);
-	  /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns
-	     true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0.  CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct
-	     results, however.  */
-	  if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu))
-	    {
-	      switch (cpu)
-		{
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		  default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu))
-	    puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
-	  else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2");
-	  exit (0);
-	}
-EOF
-	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
-		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
-	exit ;;
-    9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
-	exit ;;
-    hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
-	exit ;;
-    hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:OSF1:*:*)
-	if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
-	else
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
-	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
-	exit ;;
-    C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
-	echo c1-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
-	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
-	then echo c32-convex-bsd
-	else echo c2-convex-bsd
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
-	echo c34-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
-	echo c38-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
-	echo c4-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
-	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
-	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
-	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
-	      -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
-	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
-	echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
-	echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
-	echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit ;;
-    F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
-	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
-	FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
-	FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
-	echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-	exit ;;
-    5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
-	FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
-	FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
-	echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:BSD/OS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:FreeBSD:*:*)
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
-	case ${UNAME_PROCESSOR} in
-	    amd64)
-		echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
-	    *)
-		echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    i*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    *:MINGW64*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw64
-	exit ;;
-    *:MINGW*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
-	exit ;;
-    i*:MSYS*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msys
-	exit ;;
-    i*:windows32*:*)
-	# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
-	exit ;;
-    i*:PW*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
-	exit ;;
-    *:Interix*:*)
-	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
-	    x86)
-		echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	    authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T)
-		echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	    IA64)
-		echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-		exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
-	echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
-	exit ;;
-    8664:Windows_NT:*)
-	echo x86_64-pc-mks
-	exit ;;
-    i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
-	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
-	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
-	# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
-	echo i586-pc-interix
-	exit ;;
-    i*:UWIN*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
-	exit ;;
-    amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
-	echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    p*:CYGWIN*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
-	exit ;;
-    prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
-	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:GNU:*:*)
-	# the GNU system
-	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:GNU/*:*:*)
-	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:Minix:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
-	exit ;;
-    aarch64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    aarch64_be:Linux:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE=aarch64_be
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    alpha:Linux:*:*)
-	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
-	  EV5)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
-	  EV56)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;;
-	  PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
-	  PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;;
-	  EV6)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;;
-	  EV67)  UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;;
-	  EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;;
-	esac
-	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1
-	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
-	exit ;;
-    arm*:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-	    | grep -q __ARM_EABI__
-	then
-	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	else
-	    if echo __ARM_PCS_VFP | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \
-		| grep -q __ARM_PCS_VFP
-	    then
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi
-	    else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabihf
-	    fi
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    cris:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-axis-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    frv:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    hexagon:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:Linux:*:*)
-	LIBC=gnu
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#ifdef __dietlibc__
-	LIBC=dietlibc
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'`
-	echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
-	exit ;;
-    ia64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    m68*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*)
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#undef CPU
-	#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}
-	#undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el
-	#if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL)
-	CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el
-	#else
-	#if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB)
-	CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}
-	#else
-	CPU=
-	#endif
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'`
-	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
-	;;
-    or32:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    padre:Linux:*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
-	# Look for CPU level
-	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
-	  PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
-	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
-	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
-	esac
-	exit ;;
-    ppc64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    ppc:Linux:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
-	exit ;;
-    sh64*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    sh*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    tile*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    vax:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    x86_64:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
-	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
-	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
-	# sysname and nodename.
-	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
-	# Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
-	# number series starting with 2...
-	# I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this,
-	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
-	# Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:OS/2:*:*)
-	# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
-	# is probably installed.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:atheos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:syllable:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
-	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*DOS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
-	UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
-	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL}
-	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:5:[678]*)
-	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
-	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
-	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
-	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
-	    *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
-	esac
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:*:3.2:*)
-	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
-		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-isc$UNAME_REL
-	elif /bin/uname -X 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
-		UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')`
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i586
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
-		(/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \
-			&& UNAME_MACHINE=i686
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL
-	else
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    pc:*:*:*)
-	# Left here for compatibility:
-	# uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
-	# the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586.
-	# Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub
-	# prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that
-	# this is a cross-build.
-	echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp
-	exit ;;
-    Intel:Mach:3*:*)
-	echo i386-pc-mach3
-	exit ;;
-    paragon:*:*:*)
-	echo i860-intel-osf1
-	exit ;;
-    i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
-	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
-	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
-	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
-	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
-	# "miniframe"
-	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
-	echo m68k-convergent-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
-	echo m68k-diab-dnix
-	exit ;;
-    M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
-	test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
-    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
-	OS_REL=''
-	test -r /etc/.relid \
-	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
-	  && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
-    3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
-    NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*)
-	OS_REL='.3'
-	test -r /etc/.relid \
-	    && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-	    && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
-	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
-	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \
-	    && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
-    m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
-	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
-	echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
-	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
-	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
-	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:SINIX-*:*:*)
-	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
-		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4
-	else
-		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*)	# Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
-			# says <Richard.M.Bartel at ccMail.Census.GOV>
-	echo i586-unisys-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
-	# From Gerald Hewes <hewes at openmarket.com>.
-	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
-	echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    *:*:*:FTX*)
-	# From seanf at swdc.stratus.com.
-	echo i860-stratus-sysv4
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:VOS:*:*)
-	# From Paul.Green at stratus.com.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
-	exit ;;
-    *:VOS:*:*)
-	# From Paul.Green at stratus.com.
-	echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
-	exit ;;
-    mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
-	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
-	echo mips-sony-newsos6
-	exit ;;
-    R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
-	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
-		echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	else
-		echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
-	echo powerpc-be-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
-	echo powerpc-apple-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
-	echo i586-pc-beos
-	exit ;;
-    BePC:Haiku:*:*)	# Haiku running on Intel PC compatible.
-	echo i586-pc-haiku
-	exit ;;
-    SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
-	echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Rhapsody:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Darwin:*:*)
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
-	case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
-	    i386)
-		eval $set_cc_for_build
-		if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then
-		  if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \
-		      (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \
-		      grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null
-		  then
-		      UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64"
-		  fi
-		fi ;;
-	    unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
-	esac
-	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
-	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
-	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
-		UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386
-		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:QNX:*:4*)
-	echo i386-pc-qnx
-	exit ;;
-    NEO-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
-	echo neo-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    NSE-*:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
-	echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
-	echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
-	echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
-	exit ;;
-    BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
-	echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
-	exit ;;
-    DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:Plan9:*:*)
-	# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
-	# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
-	# operating systems.
-	if test "$cputype" = "386"; then
-	    UNAME_MACHINE=i386
-	else
-	    UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
-	fi
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
-	exit ;;
-    *:TOPS-10:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
-	exit ;;
-    *:TENEX:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
-	exit ;;
-    KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-dec-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    *:TOPS-20:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
-	exit ;;
-    *:ITS:*:*)
-	echo pdp10-unknown-its
-	exit ;;
-    SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
-	echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit ;;
-    *:DragonFly:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
-	exit ;;
-    *:*VMS:*:*)
-	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
-	    A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	    I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	    V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
-	esac ;;
-    *:XENIX:*:SysV)
-	echo i386-pc-xenix
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:skyos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:rdos:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
-	exit ;;
-    i*86:AROS:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros
-	exit ;;
-    x86_64:VMkernel:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-esx
-	exit ;;
-esac
-
-eval $set_cc_for_build
-cat >$dummy.c <<EOF
-#ifdef _SEQUENT_
-# include <sys/types.h>
-# include <sys/utsname.h>
-#endif
-main ()
-{
-#if defined (sony)
-#if defined (MIPSEB)
-  /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos".  Perhaps BFD should be changed,
-     I don't know....  */
-  printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#include <sys/param.h>
-  printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n",
-#ifdef NEWSOS4
-	"4"
-#else
-	""
-#endif
-	); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
-  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
-  printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (NeXT)
-#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__)
-#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k"
-#endif
-  int version;
-  version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`;
-  if (version < 4)
-    printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
-  else
-    printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version);
-  exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16)
-#if defined (UMAXV)
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-#if defined (CMU)
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0);
-#else
-  printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (__386BSD__)
-  printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-#if defined (sequent)
-#if defined (i386)
-  printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#if defined (ns32000)
-  printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_SEQUENT_)
-    struct utsname un;
-
-    uname(&un);
-
-    if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) {
-	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0);
-    }
-    if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */
-	printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0);
-    }
-    printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0);
-
-#endif
-
-#if defined (vax)
-# if !defined (ultrix)
-#  include <sys/param.h>
-#  if defined (BSD)
-#   if BSD == 43
-      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0);
-#   else
-#    if BSD == 199006
-      printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0);
-#    else
-      printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#    endif
-#   endif
-#  else
-    printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#  endif
-# else
-    printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860)
-  printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0);
-#endif
-
-  exit (1);
-}
-EOF
-
-$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
-	{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
-
-# Apollos put the system type in the environment.
-
-test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
-
-# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
-
-if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ]
-then
-    case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
-    c1*)
-	echo c1-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    c2*)
-	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
-	then echo c32-convex-bsd
-	else echo c2-convex-bsd
-	fi
-	exit ;;
-    c34*)
-	echo c34-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    c38*)
-	echo c38-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    c4*)
-	echo c4-convex-bsd
-	exit ;;
-    esac
-fi
-
-cat >&2 <<EOF
-$0: unable to guess system type
-
-This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
-the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
-download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
-
-  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD
-and
-  http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
-
-If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
-send the following data and any information you think might be
-pertinent to <config-patches at gnu.org> in order to provide the needed
-information to handle your system.
-
-config.guess timestamp = $timestamp
-
-uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown`
-
-/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/uname -X     = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null`
-
-hostinfo               = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/universe          = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/arch -k       = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null`
-/bin/arch              = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/bin/oslevel       = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null`
-/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null`
-
-UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE}
-UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE}
-UNAME_SYSTEM  = ${UNAME_SYSTEM}
-UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION}
-EOF
-
-exit 1
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
diff --git a/config.sub b/config.sub
deleted file mode 100755
index b15df57..0000000
--- a/config.sub
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1786 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Configuration validation subroutine script.
-#   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010,
-#   2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-timestamp='2012-07-31'
-
-# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
-# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
-# can handle that machine.  It does not imply ALL GNU software can.
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-
-# Please send patches to <config-patches at gnu.org>.  Submit a context
-# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry.
-#
-# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type.
-# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument.
-# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1.
-# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed.
-
-# You can get the latest version of this script from:
-# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD
-
-# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages
-# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases
-# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software.
-# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations
-# it does not support.  The user should be able to distinguish
-# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless
-# configuration.
-
-# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given
-# machine specification into a single specification in the form:
-#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# or in some cases, the newer four-part form:
-#	CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
-# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification.
-
-me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'`
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS
-       $0 [OPTION] ALIAS
-
-Canonicalize a configuration name.
-
-Operation modes:
-  -h, --help         print this help, then exit
-  -t, --time-stamp   print date of last modification, then exit
-  -v, --version      print version number, then exit
-
-Report bugs and patches to <config-patches at gnu.org>."
-
-version="\
-GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
-
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
-warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE."
-
-help="
-Try \`$me --help' for more information."
-
-# Parse command line
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case $1 in
-    --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
-    --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
-    --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
-    -- )     # Stop option processing
-       shift; break ;;
-    - )	# Use stdin as input.
-       break ;;
-    -* )
-       echo "$me: invalid option $1$help"
-       exit 1 ;;
-
-    *local*)
-       # First pass through any local machine types.
-       echo $1
-       exit ;;
-
-    * )
-       break ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-case $# in
- 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2
-    exit 1;;
- 1) ;;
- *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2
-    exit 1;;
-esac
-
-# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any).
-# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
-maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
-case $maybe_os in
-  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-android* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | \
-  linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | \
-  knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
-  kopensolaris*-gnu* | \
-  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
-    os=-$maybe_os
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
-    ;;
-  android-linux)
-    os=-linux-android
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`-unknown
-    ;;
-  *)
-    basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'`
-    if [ $basic_machine != $1 ]
-    then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'`
-    else os=; fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so
-### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work.  We also
-### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we
-### can provide default operating systems below.
-case $os in
-	-sun*os*)
-		# Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input.
-		;;
-	-dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \
-	-att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \
-	-unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \
-	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
-	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
-	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze)
-		os=
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-bluegene*)
-		os=-cnk
-		;;
-	-sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond)
-		os=
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-scout)
-		;;
-	-wrs)
-		os=-vxworks
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-chorusos*)
-		os=-chorusos
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-chorusrdb)
-		os=-chorusrdb
-		basic_machine=$1
-		;;
-	-hiux*)
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	-sco6)
-		os=-sco5v6
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco5)
-		os=-sco3.2v5
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco4)
-		os=-sco3.2v4
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco3.2.[4-9]*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'`
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco3.2v[4-9]*)
-		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco5v6*)
-		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-sco*)
-		os=-sco3.2v2
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-udk*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-isc)
-		os=-isc2.2
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-clix*)
-		basic_machine=clipper-intergraph
-		;;
-	-isc*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
-		;;
-	-lynx*178)
-		os=-lynxos178
-		;;
-	-lynx*5)
-		os=-lynxos5
-		;;
-	-lynx*)
-		os=-lynxos
-		;;
-	-ptx*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'`
-		;;
-	-windowsnt*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'`
-		;;
-	-psos*)
-		os=-psos
-		;;
-	-mint | -mint[0-9]*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-atari
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations.
-case $basic_machine in
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name.
-	# Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below.
-	1750a | 580 \
-	| a29k \
-	| aarch64 | aarch64_be \
-	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
-	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
-	| am33_2.0 \
-	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
-        | be32 | be64 \
-	| bfin \
-	| c4x | clipper \
-	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
-	| epiphany \
-	| fido | fr30 | frv \
-	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
-	| hexagon \
-	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
-	| ip2k | iq2000 \
-	| le32 | le64 \
-	| lm32 \
-	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
-	| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \
-	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
-	| mips16 \
-	| mips64 | mips64el \
-	| mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \
-	| mips64orion | mips64orionel \
-	| mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \
-	| mips64vr | mips64vrel \
-	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
-	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
-	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
-	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
-	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
-	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
-	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
-	| mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \
-	| mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \
-	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
-	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
-	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
-	| moxie \
-	| mt \
-	| msp430 \
-	| nds32 | nds32le | nds32be \
-	| nios | nios2 \
-	| ns16k | ns32k \
-	| open8 \
-	| or32 \
-	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
-	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle \
-	| pyramid \
-	| rl78 | rx \
-	| score \
-	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
-	| sh64 | sh64le \
-	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
-	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
-	| spu \
-	| tahoe | tic4x | tic54x | tic55x | tic6x | tic80 | tron \
-	| ubicom32 \
-	| v850 | v850e | v850e1 | v850e2 | v850es | v850e2v3 \
-	| we32k \
-	| x86 | xc16x | xstormy16 | xtensa \
-	| z8k | z80)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		;;
-	c54x)
-		basic_machine=tic54x-unknown
-		;;
-	c55x)
-		basic_machine=tic55x-unknown
-		;;
-	c6x)
-		basic_machine=tic6x-unknown
-		;;
-	m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | m68hcs12x | picochip)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
-		;;
-	ms1)
-		basic_machine=mt-unknown
-		;;
-
-	strongarm | thumb | xscale)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		;;
-	xgate)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	xscaleeb)
-		basic_machine=armeb-unknown
-		;;
-
-	xscaleel)
-		basic_machine=armel-unknown
-		;;
-
-	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
-	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
-	# (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users.
-	i*86 | x86_64)
-	  basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc
-	  ;;
-	# Object if more than one company name word.
-	*-*-*)
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types with company name.
-	580-* \
-	| a29k-* \
-	| aarch64-* | aarch64_be-* \
-	| alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \
-	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
-	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
-	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
-	| avr-* | avr32-* \
-	| be32-* | be64-* \
-	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
-	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* \
-	| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
-	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
-	| elxsi-* \
-	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
-	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
-	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
-	| hexagon-* \
-	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
-	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
-	| le32-* | le64-* \
-	| lm32-* \
-	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
-	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
-	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* | microblaze-* \
-	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
-	| mips16-* \
-	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
-	| mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \
-	| mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \
-	| mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \
-	| mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \
-	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
-	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
-	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
-	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
-	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
-	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
-	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
-	| mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \
-	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
-	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
-	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
-	| mmix-* \
-	| mt-* \
-	| msp430-* \
-	| nds32-* | nds32le-* | nds32be-* \
-	| nios-* | nios2-* \
-	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
-	| open8-* \
-	| orion-* \
-	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
-	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* \
-	| pyramid-* \
-	| rl78-* | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \
-	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
-	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
-	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
-	| sparclite-* \
-	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
-	| tahoe-* \
-	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
-	| tile*-* \
-	| tron-* \
-	| ubicom32-* \
-	| v850-* | v850e-* | v850e1-* | v850es-* | v850e2-* | v850e2v3-* \
-	| vax-* \
-	| we32k-* \
-	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* \
-	| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
-	| ymp-* \
-	| z8k-* | z80-*)
-		;;
-	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
-	xtensa*)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		;;
-	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
-	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
-	386bsd)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc)
-		basic_machine=m68000-att
-		;;
-	3b*)
-		basic_machine=we32k-att
-		;;
-	a29khif)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	abacus)
-		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
-		;;
-	adobe68k)
-		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
-		os=-scout
-		;;
-	alliant | fx80)
-		basic_machine=fx80-alliant
-		;;
-	altos | altos3068)
-		basic_machine=m68k-altos
-		;;
-	am29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-none
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	amd64)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
-		;;
-	amd64-*)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	amdahl)
-		basic_machine=580-amdahl
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	amiga | amiga-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		;;
-	amigaos | amigados)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-amigaos
-		;;
-	amigaunix | amix)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	apollo68)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	apollo68bsd)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apollo
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	aros)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-aros
-		;;
-	aux)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apple
-		os=-aux
-		;;
-	balance)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-sequent
-		os=-dynix
-		;;
-	blackfin)
-		basic_machine=bfin-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	blackfin-*)
-		basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	bluegene*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
-		os=-cnk
-		;;
-	c54x-*)
-		basic_machine=tic54x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	c55x-*)
-		basic_machine=tic55x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	c6x-*)
-		basic_machine=tic6x-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	c90)
-		basic_machine=c90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	cegcc)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		os=-cegcc
-		;;
-	convex-c1)
-		basic_machine=c1-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c2)
-		basic_machine=c2-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c32)
-		basic_machine=c32-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c34)
-		basic_machine=c34-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	convex-c38)
-		basic_machine=c38-convex
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	cray | j90)
-		basic_machine=j90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	craynv)
-		basic_machine=craynv-cray
-		os=-unicosmp
-		;;
-	cr16 | cr16-*)
-		basic_machine=cr16-unknown
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	crds | unos)
-		basic_machine=m68k-crds
-		;;
-	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
-		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
-		;;
-	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
-		basic_machine=cris-axis
-		;;
-	crx)
-		basic_machine=crx-unknown
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	da30 | da30-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-da30
-		;;
-	decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn)
-		basic_machine=mips-dec
-		;;
-	decsystem10* | dec10*)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
-		os=-tops10
-		;;
-	decsystem20* | dec20*)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-dec
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \
-	      | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola)
-		basic_machine=m68k-motorola
-		;;
-	delta88)
-		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	dicos)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-dicos
-		;;
-	djgpp)
-		basic_machine=i586-pc
-		os=-msdosdjgpp
-		;;
-	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
-		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
-		os=-bosx
-		;;
-	dpx2* | dpx2*-bull)
-		basic_machine=m68k-bull
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	ebmon29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-ebmon
-		;;
-	elxsi)
-		basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	encore | umax | mmax)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-encore
-		;;
-	es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE)
-		basic_machine=m68k-ericsson
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	fx2800)
-		basic_machine=i860-alliant
-		;;
-	genix)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-ns
-		;;
-	gmicro)
-		basic_machine=tron-gmicro
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	go32)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-go32
-		;;
-	h3050r* | hiux*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	h8300hms)
-		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	h8300xray)
-		basic_machine=h8300-hitachi
-		os=-xray
-		;;
-	h8500hms)
-		basic_machine=h8500-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	harris)
-		basic_machine=m88k-harris
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	hp300-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		;;
-	hp300bsd)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	hp300hpux)
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		os=-hpux
-		;;
-	hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9])
-		basic_machine=m68000-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k3[2-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=m68k-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9])
-		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893)
-		# FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		;;
-	hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9])
-		basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp
-		;;
-	hppa-next)
-		os=-nextstep3
-		;;
-	hppaosf)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	hppro)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	i370-ibm* | ibm*)
-		basic_machine=i370-ibm
-		;;
-	i*86v32)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv32
-		;;
-	i*86v4*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	i*86v)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	i*86sol2)
-		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'`
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	i386mach)
-		basic_machine=i386-mach
-		os=-mach
-		;;
-	i386-vsta | vsta)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-vsta
-		;;
-	iris | iris4d)
-		basic_machine=mips-sgi
-		case $os in
-		    -irix*)
-			;;
-		    *)
-			os=-irix4
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	isi68 | isi)
-		basic_machine=m68k-isi
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	m68knommu)
-		basic_machine=m68k-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	m68knommu-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	m88k-omron*)
-		basic_machine=m88k-omron
-		;;
-	magnum | m3230)
-		basic_machine=mips-mips
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	merlin)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-utek
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	microblaze)
-		basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx
-		;;
-	mingw64)
-		basic_machine=x86_64-pc
-		os=-mingw64
-		;;
-	mingw32)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-mingw32
-		;;
-	mingw32ce)
-		basic_machine=arm-unknown
-		os=-mingw32ce
-		;;
-	miniframe)
-		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
-		;;
-	*mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-atari
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	mips3*-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`
-		;;
-	mips3*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
-		;;
-	monitor)
-		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	morphos)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
-		os=-morphos
-		;;
-	msdos)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-msdos
-		;;
-	ms1-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
-		;;
-	msys)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-msys
-		;;
-	mvs)
-		basic_machine=i370-ibm
-		os=-mvs
-		;;
-	nacl)
-		basic_machine=le32-unknown
-		os=-nacl
-		;;
-	ncr3000)
-		basic_machine=i486-ncr
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	netbsd386)
-		basic_machine=i386-unknown
-		os=-netbsd
-		;;
-	netwinder)
-		basic_machine=armv4l-rebel
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	news | news700 | news800 | news900)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	news1000)
-		basic_machine=m68030-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	news-3600 | risc-news)
-		basic_machine=mips-sony
-		os=-newsos
-		;;
-	necv70)
-		basic_machine=v70-nec
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	next | m*-next )
-		basic_machine=m68k-next
-		case $os in
-		    -nextstep* )
-			;;
-		    -ns2*)
-		      os=-nextstep2
-			;;
-		    *)
-		      os=-nextstep3
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	nh3000)
-		basic_machine=m68k-harris
-		os=-cxux
-		;;
-	nh[45]000)
-		basic_machine=m88k-harris
-		os=-cxux
-		;;
-	nindy960)
-		basic_machine=i960-intel
-		os=-nindy
-		;;
-	mon960)
-		basic_machine=i960-intel
-		os=-mon960
-		;;
-	nonstopux)
-		basic_machine=mips-compaq
-		os=-nonstopux
-		;;
-	np1)
-		basic_machine=np1-gould
-		;;
-	neo-tandem)
-		basic_machine=neo-tandem
-		;;
-	nse-tandem)
-		basic_machine=nse-tandem
-		;;
-	nsr-tandem)
-		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
-		;;
-	op50n-* | op60c-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	openrisc | openrisc-*)
-		basic_machine=or32-unknown
-		;;
-	os400)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
-		os=-os400
-		;;
-	OSE68000 | ose68000)
-		basic_machine=m68000-ericsson
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	os68k)
-		basic_machine=m68k-none
-		os=-os68k
-		;;
-	pa-hitachi)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi
-		os=-hiuxwe2
-		;;
-	paragon)
-		basic_machine=i860-intel
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	parisc)
-		basic_machine=hppa-unknown
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	parisc-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	pbd)
-		basic_machine=sparc-tti
-		;;
-	pbb)
-		basic_machine=m68k-tti
-		;;
-	pc532 | pc532-*)
-		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
-		;;
-	pc98)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		;;
-	pc98-*)
-		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
-		basic_machine=i586-pc
-		;;
-	pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		;;
-	pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		;;
-	pentium4)
-		basic_machine=i786-pc
-		;;
-	pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*)
-		basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*)
-		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*)
-		basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pentium4-*)
-		basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	pn)
-		basic_machine=pn-gould
-		;;
-	power)	basic_machine=power-ibm
-		;;
-	ppc | ppcbe)	basic_machine=powerpc-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc-* | ppcbe-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little)
-		basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown
-		;;
-	ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppc64)	basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little)
-		basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown
-		;;
-	ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*)
-		basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	ps2)
-		basic_machine=i386-ibm
-		;;
-	pw32)
-		basic_machine=i586-unknown
-		os=-pw32
-		;;
-	rdos)
-		basic_machine=i386-pc
-		os=-rdos
-		;;
-	rom68k)
-		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	rm[46]00)
-		basic_machine=mips-siemens
-		;;
-	rtpc | rtpc-*)
-		basic_machine=romp-ibm
-		;;
-	s390 | s390-*)
-		basic_machine=s390-ibm
-		;;
-	s390x | s390x-*)
-		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
-		;;
-	sa29200)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	sb1)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown
-		;;
-	sb1el)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
-		;;
-	sde)
-		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	sei)
-		basic_machine=mips-sei
-		os=-seiux
-		;;
-	sequent)
-		basic_machine=i386-sequent
-		;;
-	sh)
-		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
-		os=-hms
-		;;
-	sh5el)
-		basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
-		;;
-	sh64)
-		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
-		;;
-	sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs)
-		basic_machine=sparclite-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	sps7)
-		basic_machine=m68k-bull
-		os=-sysv2
-		;;
-	spur)
-		basic_machine=spur-unknown
-		;;
-	st2000)
-		basic_machine=m68k-tandem
-		;;
-	stratus)
-		basic_machine=i860-stratus
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	strongarm-* | thumb-*)
-		basic_machine=arm-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
-		;;
-	sun2)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		;;
-	sun2os3)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun2os4)
-		basic_machine=m68000-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun3os3)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun3os4)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun4os3)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	sun4os4)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-sunos4
-		;;
-	sun4sol2)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	sun3 | sun3-*)
-		basic_machine=m68k-sun
-		;;
-	sun4)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		;;
-	sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner)
-		basic_machine=i386-sun
-		;;
-	sv1)
-		basic_machine=sv1-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	symmetry)
-		basic_machine=i386-sequent
-		os=-dynix
-		;;
-	t3e)
-		basic_machine=alphaev5-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	t90)
-		basic_machine=t90-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	tile*)
-		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
-		os=-linux-gnu
-		;;
-	tx39)
-		basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown
-		;;
-	tx39el)
-		basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown
-		;;
-	toad1)
-		basic_machine=pdp10-xkl
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	tower | tower-32)
-		basic_machine=m68k-ncr
-		;;
-	tpf)
-		basic_machine=s390x-ibm
-		os=-tpf
-		;;
-	udi29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-amd
-		os=-udi
-		;;
-	ultra3)
-		basic_machine=a29k-nyu
-		os=-sym1
-		;;
-	v810 | necv810)
-		basic_machine=v810-nec
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	vaxv)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	vms)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		os=-vms
-		;;
-	vpp*|vx|vx-*)
-		basic_machine=f301-fujitsu
-		;;
-	vxworks960)
-		basic_machine=i960-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	vxworks68)
-		basic_machine=m68k-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	vxworks29k)
-		basic_machine=a29k-wrs
-		os=-vxworks
-		;;
-	w65*)
-		basic_machine=w65-wdc
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	w89k-*)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	xbox)
-		basic_machine=i686-pc
-		os=-mingw32
-		;;
-	xps | xps100)
-		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
-		;;
-	xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^xscale/arm/'`
-		;;
-	ymp)
-		basic_machine=ymp-cray
-		os=-unicos
-		;;
-	z8k-*-coff)
-		basic_machine=z8k-unknown
-		os=-sim
-		;;
-	z80-*-coff)
-		basic_machine=z80-unknown
-		os=-sim
-		;;
-	none)
-		basic_machine=none-none
-		os=-none
-		;;
-
-# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types.  It is in
-# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular.
-	w89k)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
-		;;
-	op50n)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		;;
-	op60c)
-		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
-		;;
-	romp)
-		basic_machine=romp-ibm
-		;;
-	mmix)
-		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
-		;;
-	rs6000)
-		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
-		;;
-	vax)
-		basic_machine=vax-dec
-		;;
-	pdp10)
-		# there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet
-		basic_machine=pdp10-unknown
-		;;
-	pdp11)
-		basic_machine=pdp11-dec
-		;;
-	we32k)
-		basic_machine=we32k-att
-		;;
-	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
-		basic_machine=sh-unknown
-		;;
-	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
-		basic_machine=sparc-sun
-		;;
-	cydra)
-		basic_machine=cydra-cydrome
-		;;
-	orion)
-		basic_machine=orion-highlevel
-		;;
-	orion105)
-		basic_machine=clipper-highlevel
-		;;
-	mac | mpw | mac-mpw)
-		basic_machine=m68k-apple
-		;;
-	pmac | pmac-mpw)
-		basic_machine=powerpc-apple
-		;;
-	*-unknown)
-		# Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name.
-		;;
-	*)
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers.
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-digital*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'`
-		;;
-	*-commodore*)
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'`
-		;;
-	*)
-		;;
-esac
-
-# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems.
-
-if [ x"$os" != x"" ]
-then
-case $os in
-	# First match some system type aliases
-	# that might get confused with valid system types.
-	# -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception.
-	-auroraux)
-		os=-auroraux
-		;;
-	-solaris1 | -solaris1.*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'`
-		;;
-	-solaris)
-		os=-solaris2
-		;;
-	-svr4*)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-unixware*)
-		os=-sysv4.2uw
-		;;
-	-gnu/linux*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'`
-		;;
-	# First accept the basic system types.
-	# The portable systems comes first.
-	# Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number.
-	# -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4.
-	-gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \
-	      | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\
-	      | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \
-	      | -sym* | -kopensolaris* \
-	      | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \
-	      | -aos* | -aros* \
-	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
-	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
-	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
-	      | -bitrig* | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
-	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
-	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
-	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
-	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
-	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \
-	      | -cygwin* | -msys* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -mingw32* | -mingw64* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-android* \
-	      | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
-	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
-	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
-	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
-	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
-	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
-	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
-	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
-	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*)
-	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
-		;;
-	-qnx*)
-		case $basic_machine in
-		    x86-* | i*86-*)
-			;;
-		    *)
-			os=-nto$os
-			;;
-		esac
-		;;
-	-nto-qnx*)
-		;;
-	-nto*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
-		;;
-	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
-	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
-	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
-		;;
-	-mac*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'`
-		;;
-	-linux-dietlibc)
-		os=-linux-dietlibc
-		;;
-	-linux*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'`
-		;;
-	-sunos5*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'`
-		;;
-	-sunos6*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'`
-		;;
-	-opened*)
-		os=-openedition
-		;;
-	-os400*)
-		os=-os400
-		;;
-	-wince*)
-		os=-wince
-		;;
-	-osfrose*)
-		os=-osfrose
-		;;
-	-osf*)
-		os=-osf
-		;;
-	-utek*)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-dynix*)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-acis*)
-		os=-aos
-		;;
-	-atheos*)
-		os=-atheos
-		;;
-	-syllable*)
-		os=-syllable
-		;;
-	-386bsd)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	-ctix* | -uts*)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	-nova*)
-		os=-rtmk-nova
-		;;
-	-ns2 )
-		os=-nextstep2
-		;;
-	-nsk*)
-		os=-nsk
-		;;
-	# Preserve the version number of sinix5.
-	-sinix5.*)
-		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'`
-		;;
-	-sinix*)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-tpf*)
-		os=-tpf
-		;;
-	-triton*)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-oss*)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-svr4)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	-svr3)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	-sysvr4)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	# This must come after -sysvr4.
-	-sysv*)
-		;;
-	-ose*)
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	-es1800*)
-		os=-ose
-		;;
-	-xenix)
-		os=-xenix
-		;;
-	-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	-aros*)
-		os=-aros
-		;;
-	-kaos*)
-		os=-kaos
-		;;
-	-zvmoe)
-		os=-zvmoe
-		;;
-	-dicos*)
-		os=-dicos
-		;;
-	-nacl*)
-		;;
-	-none)
-		;;
-	*)
-		# Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os.
-		os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'`
-		echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2
-		exit 1
-		;;
-esac
-else
-
-# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines.
-# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their
-# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine.
-
-# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say,
-# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top
-# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system.  Otherwise, code above
-# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating
-# system, and we'll never get to this point.
-
-case $basic_machine in
-	score-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	spu-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	*-acorn)
-		os=-riscix1.2
-		;;
-	arm*-rebel)
-		os=-linux
-		;;
-	arm*-semi)
-		os=-aout
-		;;
-	c4x-* | tic4x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	hexagon-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	tic54x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic55x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	tic6x-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
-	pdp10-*)
-		os=-tops20
-		;;
-	pdp11-*)
-		os=-none
-		;;
-	*-dec | vax-*)
-		os=-ultrix4.2
-		;;
-	m68*-apollo)
-		os=-domain
-		;;
-	i386-sun)
-		os=-sunos4.0.2
-		;;
-	m68000-sun)
-		os=-sunos3
-		;;
-	m68*-cisco)
-		os=-aout
-		;;
-	mep-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	mips*-cisco)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	mips*-*)
-		os=-elf
-		;;
-	or32-*)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-tti)	# must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os.
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	sparc-* | *-sun)
-		os=-sunos4.1.1
-		;;
-	*-be)
-		os=-beos
-		;;
-	*-haiku)
-		os=-haiku
-		;;
-	*-ibm)
-		os=-aix
-		;;
-	*-knuth)
-		os=-mmixware
-		;;
-	*-wec)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-winbond)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-oki)
-		os=-proelf
-		;;
-	*-hp)
-		os=-hpux
-		;;
-	*-hitachi)
-		os=-hiux
-		;;
-	i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	*-cbm)
-		os=-amigaos
-		;;
-	*-dg)
-		os=-dgux
-		;;
-	*-dolphin)
-		os=-sysv3
-		;;
-	m68k-ccur)
-		os=-rtu
-		;;
-	m88k-omron*)
-		os=-luna
-		;;
-	*-next )
-		os=-nextstep
-		;;
-	*-sequent)
-		os=-ptx
-		;;
-	*-crds)
-		os=-unos
-		;;
-	*-ns)
-		os=-genix
-		;;
-	i370-*)
-		os=-mvs
-		;;
-	*-next)
-		os=-nextstep3
-		;;
-	*-gould)
-		os=-sysv
-		;;
-	*-highlevel)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	*-encore)
-		os=-bsd
-		;;
-	*-sgi)
-		os=-irix
-		;;
-	*-siemens)
-		os=-sysv4
-		;;
-	*-masscomp)
-		os=-rtu
-		;;
-	f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu)
-		os=-uxpv
-		;;
-	*-rom68k)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-*bug)
-		os=-coff
-		;;
-	*-apple)
-		os=-macos
-		;;
-	*-atari*)
-		os=-mint
-		;;
-	*)
-		os=-none
-		;;
-esac
-fi
-
-# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the
-# manufacturer.  We pick the logical manufacturer.
-vendor=unknown
-case $basic_machine in
-	*-unknown)
-		case $os in
-			-riscix*)
-				vendor=acorn
-				;;
-			-sunos*)
-				vendor=sun
-				;;
-			-cnk*|-aix*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-beos*)
-				vendor=be
-				;;
-			-hpux*)
-				vendor=hp
-				;;
-			-mpeix*)
-				vendor=hp
-				;;
-			-hiux*)
-				vendor=hitachi
-				;;
-			-unos*)
-				vendor=crds
-				;;
-			-dgux*)
-				vendor=dg
-				;;
-			-luna*)
-				vendor=omron
-				;;
-			-genix*)
-				vendor=ns
-				;;
-			-mvs* | -opened*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-os400*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-ptx*)
-				vendor=sequent
-				;;
-			-tpf*)
-				vendor=ibm
-				;;
-			-vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*)
-				vendor=wrs
-				;;
-			-aux*)
-				vendor=apple
-				;;
-			-hms*)
-				vendor=hitachi
-				;;
-			-mpw* | -macos*)
-				vendor=apple
-				;;
-			-*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*)
-				vendor=atari
-				;;
-			-vos*)
-				vendor=stratus
-				;;
-		esac
-		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"`
-		;;
-esac
-
-echo $basic_machine$os
-exit
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='"
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d"
-# time-stamp-end: "'"
-# End:
diff --git a/depcomp b/depcomp
deleted file mode 100755
index ca5ea4e..0000000
--- a/depcomp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,584 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-
-scriptversion=2006-10-15.18
-
-# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva at dcc.unicamp.br>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
-
-Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
-as side-effects.
-
-Environment variables:
-  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
-  source      Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  object      Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
-  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
-  depfile     Dependency file to output.
-  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
-  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake at gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
-  echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
-depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
-  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
-tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
-
-rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-
-# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags.  We
-# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
-# to make depend.m4 easier to write.  Note that we *cannot* use a case
-# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
-if test "$depmode" = hp; then
-  # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
-  gccflag=-M
-  depmode=gcc
-fi
-
-if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
-   # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
-   dashmflag=-xM
-   depmode=dashmstdout
-fi
-
-case "$depmode" in
-gcc3)
-## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
-## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
-## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
-## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
-## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
-## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
-    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
-    esac
-    shift # fnord
-    shift # $arg
-  done
-  "$@"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
-  ;;
-
-gcc)
-## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc.  Here's
-## why we pick this rather obscure method:
-## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
-##   up in a subdir.  Having to rename by hand is ugly.
-##   (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
-## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
-##   -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say).
-## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
-##   than renaming).
-  if test -z "$gccflag"; then
-    gccflag=-MD,
-  fi
-  "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
-## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters.
-  sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-      -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem.
-## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
-## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
-## typically no way to rebuild the header).  We avoid this by adding
-## dummy dependencies for each header file.  Too bad gcc doesn't do
-## this for us directly.
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'.  On the theory
-## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
-## well.
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp)
-  # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work.  It works by
-  # looking at the text of this script.  This case will never be run,
-  # since it is checked for above.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-sgi)
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
-  else
-    "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then  # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
-    echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-
-    # Clip off the initial element (the dependent).  Don't try to be
-    # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
-    # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
-    # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5).  We also remove comment lines;
-    # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the
-    # dependency line.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-    | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \
-    tr '
-' ' ' >> $depfile
-    echo >> $depfile
-
-    # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
-    tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" \
-   | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
-   >> $depfile
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-aix)
-  # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
-  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
-  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
-  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
-  stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
-  tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    "$@" -Wc,-M
-  else
-    "$@" -M
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then :
-  else
-    stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'`
-    tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
-  fi
-
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    outname="$stripped.o"
-    # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
-    # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-    # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-    sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
-    # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
-    # "include basename.Plo" scheme.
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-icc)
-  # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'.  However on
-  #    icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c
-  # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  # which is wrong.  We want:
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c
-  #    sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h
-  #    sub/foo.c:
-  #    sub/foo.h:
-  # ICC 7.1 will output
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
-  # and will wrap long lines using \ :
-  #    foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
-  #     sub/foo.h ... \
-  #     ...
-
-  "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-    exit $stat
-  fi
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
-  # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
-  # Do two passes, one to just change these to
-  # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-  sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-  # correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-  sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" |
-    sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-hp2)
-  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
-  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
-  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
-  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
-  # happens to be.
-  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
-  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
-    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
-  else
-    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
-    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-    "$@" +Maked
-  fi
-  stat=$?
-  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-  else
-     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-     exit $stat
-  fi
-
-  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  do
-    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-  done
-  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
-    sed -ne '2,${; s/^ *//; s/ \\*$//; s/$/:/; p;}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  else
-    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-  fi
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
-  ;;
-
-tru64)
-   # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
-   # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
-   # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
-   # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
-   # Subdirectories are respected.
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
-   test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
-
-   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
-      # static library.  This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
-      # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
-      # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
-      #
-      # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
-      # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These two
-      # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
-      # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
-      # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
-      # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
-      # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
-      # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d   # libtool 1.4
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # libtool 1.5
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
-      "$@" -Wc,-MD
-   else
-      tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
-      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
-      tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
-      "$@" -MD
-   fi
-
-   stat=$?
-   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
-   else
-      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-      exit $stat
-   fi
-
-   for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
-   do
-     test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
-   done
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
-      sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-      # That's a tab and a space in the [].
-      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-   else
-      echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
-   fi
-   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-   ;;
-
-#nosideeffect)
-  # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
-  # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
-
-dashmstdout)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
-  # Require at least two characters before searching for `:'
-  # in the target name.  This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
-  # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise.
-  "$@" $dashmflag |
-    sed 's:^[  ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[    ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  tr ' ' '
-' < "$tmpdepfile" | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-dashXmstdout)
-  # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4.  It is never actually
-  # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-
-makedepend)
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  # Remove any Libtool call
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-  # X makedepend
-  shift
-  cleared=no
-  for arg in "$@"; do
-    case $cleared in
-    no)
-      set ""; shift
-      cleared=yes ;;
-    esac
-    case "$arg" in
-    -D*|-I*)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand.  Remove
-    # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-    -*|$object)
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
-    esac
-  done
-  obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`"
-  touch "$tmpdepfile"
-  ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-  sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' '
-' | \
-## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
-## correctly.  Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
-    sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
-  ;;
-
-cpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-
-  # Remove the call to Libtool.
-  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-    while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do
-      shift
-    done
-    shift
-  fi
-
-  # Remove `-o $object'.
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case $arg in
-    -o)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    $object)
-      shift
-      ;;
-    *)
-      set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-      shift # fnord
-      shift # $arg
-      ;;
-    esac
-  done
-
-  "$@" -E |
-    sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-       -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
-    sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
-  sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-msvisualcpp)
-  # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
-  # because we must use -o when running libtool.
-  "$@" || exit $?
-  IFS=" "
-  for arg
-  do
-    case "$arg" in
-    "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
-	set fnord "$@"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    *)
-	set fnord "$@" "$arg"
-	shift
-	shift
-	;;
-    esac
-  done
-  "$@" -E |
-  sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile"
-  rm -f "$depfile"
-  echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
-  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::	\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
-  echo "	" >> "$depfile"
-  . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
-  rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
-  ;;
-
-none)
-  exec "$@"
-  ;;
-
-*)
-  echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
-  exit 1
-  ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
diff --git a/doc/mdate-sh b/doc/mdate-sh
deleted file mode 100755
index cd916c0..0000000
--- a/doc/mdate-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
-
-scriptversion=2005-06-29.22
-
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc.
-# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper at gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
-# bugs to <bug-automake at gnu.org> or send patches to
-# <automake-patches at gnu.org>.
-
-case $1 in
-  '')
-     echo "$0: No file.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
-     exit 1;
-     ;;
-  -h | --h*)
-    cat <<\EOF
-Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
-
-Pretty-print the modification time of FILE.
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake at gnu.org>.
-EOF
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-  -v | --v*)
-    echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-esac
-
-# Prevent date giving response in another language.
-LANG=C
-export LANG
-LC_ALL=C
-export LC_ALL
-LC_TIME=C
-export LC_TIME
-
-# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
-# variable.  Since we cannot assume `unset' works, revert this
-# variable to its documented default.
-if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
-  TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
-  export TIME_STYLE
-fi
-
-save_arg1=$1
-
-# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
-if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
-else
-  ls_command='ls -l -d'
-fi
-
-# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
-#  drwxrwx---        0 Aug 11  2001 foo
-# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
-#  drwxrwx---   2 root  root      4096 Aug 11  2001 foo
-#
-# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
-# until we find a month.  This cannot work with files whose owner is a
-# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc.  However, it's unlikely that `/'
-# will be owned by a user whose name is a month.  So we first look at
-# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
-# words should be skipped to get the date.
-
-# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
-set x`ls -l -d /`
-
-# Find which argument is the month.
-month=
-command=
-until test $month
-do
-  shift
-  # Add another shift to the command.
-  command="$command shift;"
-  case $1 in
-    Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
-    Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
-    Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
-    Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
-    May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
-    Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
-    Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
-    Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
-    Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
-    Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
-    Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
-    Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
-  esac
-done
-
-# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
-set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""`
-
-# Remove all preceding arguments
-eval $command
-
-# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
-#
-# On a POSIX system, we should have
-#
-# $# = 5
-# $1 = file size
-# $2 = month
-# $3 = day
-# $4 = year or time
-# $5 = filename
-#
-# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
-#
-# $# = 4
-# $1 = day
-# $2 = month
-# $3 = year or time
-# $4 = filename
-
-# Get the month.
-case $2 in
-  Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
-  Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
-  Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
-  Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
-  May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
-  Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
-  Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
-  Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
-  Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
-  Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
-  Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
-  Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
-esac
-
-case $3 in
-  ???*) day=$1;;
-  *) day=$3; shift;;
-esac
-
-# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
-# the time of day or the year.
-case $3 in
-  *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
-       case $2 in
-	 Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
-	 Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
-	 Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
-	 Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
-	 May) nummonthtod=5;;
-	 Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
-	 Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
-	 Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
-	 Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
-	 Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
-	 Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
-	 Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
-       esac
-       # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
-       # be used for files modified in the last year.
-       if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
-       then
-	 year=`expr $year - 1`
-       fi;;
-  *) year=$3;;
-esac
-
-# The result.
-echo $day $month $year
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
diff --git a/doc/texinfo.tex b/doc/texinfo.tex
deleted file mode 100644
index 8083622..0000000
--- a/doc/texinfo.tex
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7482 +0,0 @@
-% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
-%
-% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
-\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
-%
-\def\texinfoversion{2006-10-04.17}
-%
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
-% Software Foundation, Inc.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
-%
-% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
-% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
-% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-% General Public License for more details.
-%
-% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
-% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
-% Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
-%
-% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
-% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
-% restriction.  (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
-%
-% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
-% reports; you can get the latest version from:
-%   http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
-%   ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-%     (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
-% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
-% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
-%
-% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo at gnu.org.  Please include including a
-% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
-% problem.  Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
-%
-% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
-% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution.  For a simple
-% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   texindex foo.??
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   tex foo.texi
-%   dvips foo.dvi -o  # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
-% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
-% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
-% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
-%
-% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
-% extent.  You can get the existing language-specific files from the
-% full Texinfo distribution.
-%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
-
-
-\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
-
-% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
-% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
-% they might have appeared in the input file name.
-\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
-  \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
-
-\message{Basics,}
-\chardef\other=12
-
-% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
-% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
-\let\+ = \relax
-
-% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
-\let\ptexb=\b
-\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
-\let\ptexc=\c
-\let\ptexcomma=\,
-\let\ptexdot=\.
-\let\ptexdots=\dots
-\let\ptexend=\end
-\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
-\let\ptexexclam=\!
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-\let\ptexgtr=>
-\let\ptexhat=^
-\let\ptexi=\i
-\let\ptexindent=\indent
-\let\ptexinsert=\insert
-\let\ptexlbrace=\{
-\let\ptexless=<
-\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
-\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
-\let\ptexplus=+
-\let\ptexrbrace=\}
-\let\ptexslash=\/
-\let\ptexstar=\*
-\let\ptext=\t
-
-% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
-% starts a new line in the output.
-\newlinechar = `^^J
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
-  \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
-  \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
-% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
-\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
-\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
-\ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
-\ifx\putwordin\undefined        \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined     \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined      \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
-\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined  \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined   \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
-\ifx\putwordof\undefined        \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
-\ifx\putwordon\undefined        \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
-\ifx\putwordpage\undefined      \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsection\undefined   \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSection\undefined   \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
-\ifx\putwordsee\undefined       \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
-\ifx\putwordSee\undefined       \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
-\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined  \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
-\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined       \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
-\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
-%
-\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-
-% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
-\chardef\spacecat = 10
-\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
-
-% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
-\chardef\colonChar = `\:
-\chardef\commaChar = `\,
-\chardef\dashChar  = `\-
-\chardef\dotChar   = `\.
-\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
-\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
-\chardef\questChar = `\?
-\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
-\chardef\semiChar  = `\;
-\chardef\underChar = `\_
-
-% Ignore a token.
-%
-\def\gobble#1{}
-
-% The following is used inside several \edef's.
-\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
-
-% Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{
-  Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
-  ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
-  data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
-  man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
-  par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
-  spell-ing spell-ings
-  stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
-  wide-spread wrap-around
-}
-
-% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
-\newdimen\bindingoffset
-\newdimen\normaloffset
-\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
-
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
-%
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
-
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
-% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
-%
-\def\|{%
-  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
-  \leavevmode
-  %
-  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
-  \vadjust{%
-    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
-    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
-    \vskip-\baselineskip
-    %
-    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
-    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
-    \llap{%
-      %
-      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
-      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
-      %
-      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
-      \hskip 12pt
-    }%
-  }%
-}
-
-% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
-% and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
-% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.  We also make
-% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
-% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
-%
-\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
-\def\loggingall{%
-  \tracingstats2
-  \tracingpages1
-  \tracinglostchars2  % 2 gives us more in etex
-  \tracingparagraphs1
-  \tracingoutput1
-  \tracingmacros2
-  \tracingrestores1
-  \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
-  \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
-    \tracingscantokens1
-    \tracingifs1
-    \tracinggroups1
-    \tracingnesting2
-    \tracingassigns1
-  \fi
-  \tracingcommands3  % 3 gives us more in etex
-  \errorcontextlines16
-}%
-
-% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
-% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
-%
-\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
-\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
-\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
-  \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
-
-% For @cropmarks command.
-% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
-%
-\newif\ifcropmarks
-\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
-%
-% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
-% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
-%
-\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
-\newdimen\cornerlong  \cornerlong=1pc
-\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
-\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
-
-% Main output routine.
-\chardef\PAGE = 255
-\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
-
-\newbox\headlinebox
-\newbox\footlinebox
-
-% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
-% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
-\def\onepageout#1{%
-  \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
-  %
-  \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
-  \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
-  %
-  % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
-  % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
-  \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
-  \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
-  %
-  {%
-    % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
-    % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
-    % before the \shipout runs.
-    %
-    \indexdummies         % don't expand commands in the output.
-    \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
-               % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
-               % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
-               % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
-               % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
-               % it needs to be 
-               % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
-    \shipout\vbox{%
-      % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
-      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
-      %
-      \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
-        \hsize = \outerhsize
-        \vskip-\topandbottommargin
-        \vtop to0pt{%
-          \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
-          \nointerlineskip
-          \line{%
-            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
-            \hfill
-            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
-          }%
-          \vss}%
-        \vskip\topandbottommargin
-        \line\bgroup
-          \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
-          \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
-          \vbox\bgroup
-      \fi
-      %
-      \unvbox\headlinebox
-      \pagebody{#1}%
-      \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
-        % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
-        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
-        % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
-        \vskip 24pt
-        \unvbox\footlinebox
-      \fi
-      %
-      \ifcropmarks
-          \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
-        \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
-        \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
-        \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
-        \vbox to0pt{\vss
-          \line{%
-            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
-            \hfill
-            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
-          }%
-          \nointerlineskip
-          \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
-        }%
-      \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
-      \fi
-    }% end of \shipout\vbox
-  }% end of group with \indexdummies
-  \advancepageno
-  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
-}
-
-\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
-
-\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
-{\catcode`\@ =11
-\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
-% marginal hacks, juha at viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
-\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
-  \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
-\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
-\ifr at ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
-}
-
-% Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
-% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
-% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
-%
-\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
-\def\nstop{\vbox
-  {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
-\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
-\def\nsbot{\vbox
-  {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
-
-% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
-% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
-% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
-%
-\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
-\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
-  \def\argtorun{#2}%
-  \begingroup
-    \obeylines
-    \spaceisspace
-    #1%
-    \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
-}
-
-{\obeylines %
-  \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
-    \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
-    \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
-  }%
-}
-
-% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
-
-% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
-%
-% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
-%    @end itemize  @c foo
-% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
-% by \finishparsearg.
-%
-\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
-\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
-  \def\temp{#3}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty
-    % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
-    \let\temp\finishparsearg
-  \else
-    \let\temp\argcheckspaces
-  \fi
-  % Put the space token in:
-  \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
-}
-
-% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
-% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
-% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
-% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
-% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
-% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
-% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
-%
-% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
-%
-\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
-
-% \parseargdef\foo{...}
-%	is roughly equivalent to
-% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
-% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
-%
-% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
-% favourite TeX trick.  --kasal, 16nov03
-
-\def\parseargdef#1{%
-  \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
-}
-\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
-  \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
-  \def#1##1%
-}
-
-% Several utility definitions with active space:
-{
-  \obeyspaces
-  \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
-
-  % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-  % space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-  % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-  % should produce a line of output anyway.
-  %
-  \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
-
-  % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-  % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-  % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
-  \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
-}
-
-
-\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
-
-% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex.  It's used like this:
-%
-%   \envdef\foo{...}
-%   \def\Efoo{...}
-%
-% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
-% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo.  \envdef also
-% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
-% whether the environment name matches.  The \checkenv macro can also be
-% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
-%
-% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
-% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group.  (The
-% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
-% special case.)
-
-
-% At runtime, environments start with this:
-\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
-% initialize
-\let\thisenv\empty
-
-% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
-\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
-
-% Check whether we're in the right environment:
-\def\checkenv#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\thisenv\temp
-  \else
-    \badenverr
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected:
-\def\badenverr{%
-  \errhelp = \EMsimple
-  \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
-    not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-}
-\def\inenvironment#1{%
-  \ifx#1\empty
-    out of any environment%
-  \else
-    in environment \expandafter\string#1%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
-%
-\parseargdef\end{%
-  \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
-  \else
-    % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
-    \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
-    \csname E#1\endcsname
-    \endgroup
-  \fi
-}
-
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
-
-
-%% Simple single-character @ commands
-
-% @@ prints an @
-% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
-\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
-
-% This is turned off because it was never documented
-% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
-%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
-%% but suppressing ligatures.
-%\def\`{{`}}
-%\def\'{{'}}
-
-% Used to generate quoted braces.
-\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
-\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
-\let\{=\mylbrace
-\let\}=\myrbrace
-\begingroup
-  % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
-  % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
-  \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
-  \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
-  \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
-  !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
-  !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
-  !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
-  !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
-!endgroup
-
-% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
-% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
-\let\, = \c
-\let\dotaccent = \.
-\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
-\let\tieaccent = \t
-\let\ubaraccent = \b
-\let\udotaccent = \d
-
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
-% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
-\def\questiondown{?`}
-\def\exclamdown{!`}
-\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
-\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
-
-% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
-\def\imacro{i}
-\def\jmacro{j}
-\def\dotless#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
-  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
-  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
-% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
-%
-\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
-% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
-% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
-% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle).
-%
-\def\LaTeX{%
-  L\kern-.36em
-  {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
-   \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
-  \kern-.15em
-  \TeX
-}
-
-% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
-% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
-% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
-% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
-% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
-{\catcode`@ = 11
- % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
- % if the definition is written into an index file.
- \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
- \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
-}
-
-% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
-\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
-
-% @* forces a line break.
-\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
-
-% @/ allows a line break.
-\let\/=\allowbreak
-
-% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
-
-% @frenchspacing on|off  says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
-% 
-\def\onword{on}
-\def\offword{off}
-%
-\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
-  \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
-% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
-% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
-\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
-
-% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
-% it in a TeX vbox.  We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
-% to keep its height that of a normal line.  According to the rules for
-% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
-% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
-% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
-% the text is small, which looks bad.
-%
-% Another complication is that the group might be very large.  This can
-% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
-% does not have much material.  In this case, it's better to add an
-% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom.  The
-% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
-% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
-%
-\newbox\groupbox
-\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
-%
-\envdef\group{%
-  \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
-    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
-    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
-  \fi
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
-    % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
-    % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
-    % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
-    % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
-    % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
-    % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
-    \comment
-}
-%
-% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
-% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
-% \lineskip glue after it.  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-% above.  But it's pretty close.
-\def\Egroup{%
-    % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
-    % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
-    \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
-    \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
-  \egroup           % End the \vtop.
-  % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
-  \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
-  % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
-  \dimen2 = \pageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
-  % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
-  % group, force a page break.
-  \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
-    \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
-      \page
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \box\groupbox
-  \prevdepth = \dimen1
-  \checkinserts
-}
-%
-% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
-% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
-%
-\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
-group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
-where each line of input produces a line of output.}
-
-% @need space-in-mils
-% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
-
-\newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
-
-% Old definition--didn't work.
-%\parseargdef\need{\par %
-%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
-%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
-%{\baselineskip=0pt%
-%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
-%\prevdepth=-1000pt
-%}}
-
-\parseargdef\need{%
-  % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
-  % paragraph.
-  \par
-  %
-  % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
-  \dimen0 = #1\mil
-  \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
-  \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
-  \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
-    %
-    % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
-    % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
-    % And a page break here is fine.
-    \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
-    %
-    % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
-    % main vertical list is 10000 or more.  But in order to see if the
-    % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
-    % page breaks.  On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
-    % page after the empty box.  So we use a penalty of 9999.
-    %
-    % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
-    % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
-    % sight.  (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
-    % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
-    % good page breaking, for example.)  However, I could not construct an
-    % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
-    % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
-    \penalty9999
-    %
-    % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
-    \kern -#1\mil
-    %
-    % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
-    \nobreak
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @br   forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
-
-\let\br = \par
-
-% @page forces the start of a new page.
-%
-\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
-
-% @exdent text....
-% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
-
-% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
-% That's how much \exdent should take out.
-\newskip\exdentamount
-
-% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
-
-% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
-  \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
-
-% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
-% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
-% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
-%
-\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
-\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-%
-\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
-  \nobreak
-  \kern-\strutdepth
-  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
-    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
-    \vss
-    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
-    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
-    \ifx#1l%
-      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
-    \else
-      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
-    \fi
-    \null
-  }%
-}}
-\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
-\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
-%
-% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
-% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
-% else use TEXT for both).
-%
-\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
-\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
-    \def\righttext{#2}%
-  \else
-    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
-    \def\righttext{#1}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifodd\pageno
-    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
-  \else
-    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
-  \fi
-  \temp
-}
-
-% @include file    insert text of that file as input.
-%
-\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
-\def\includezzz#1{%
-  \pushthisfilestack
-  \def\thisfile{#1}%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \def\temp{\input #1 }%
-    \expandafter
-  }\temp
-  \popthisfilestack
-}
-\def\filenamecatcodes{%
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  \catcode`~=\other
-  \catcode`^=\other
-  \catcode`_=\other
-  \catcode`|=\other
-  \catcode`<=\other
-  \catcode`>=\other
-  \catcode`+=\other
-  \catcode`-=\other
-}
-
-\def\pushthisfilestack{%
-  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
-  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
-}
-\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
-  \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
-}
-
-\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
-\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
-  the stack of filenames is empty.}}
-
-\def\thisfile{}
-
-% @center line
-% outputs that line, centered.
-%
-\parseargdef\center{%
-  \ifhmode
-    \let\next\centerH
-  \else
-    \let\next\centerV
-  \fi
-  \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
-}
-\def\centerH#1{%
-  {%
-    \hfil\break
-    \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-    \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-    \line{#1}%
-    \break
-  }%
-}
-\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
-
-% @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
-
-\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
-
-% @comment ...line which is ignored...
-% @c is the same as @comment
-% @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
-
-\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
-\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
-\commentxxx}
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
-
-\let\c=\comment
-
-% @paragraphindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
-% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
-% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
-%
-\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
-\def\noneword{none}
-%
-\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\asisword
-  \else
-    \ifx\temp\noneword
-      \defaultparindent = 0pt
-    \else
-      \defaultparindent = #1em
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \parindent = \defaultparindent
-}
-
-% @exampleindent NCHARS
-% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
-% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
-% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\asisword
-  \else
-    \ifx\temp\noneword
-      \lispnarrowing = 0pt
-    \else
-      \lispnarrowing = #1em
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @firstparagraphindent WORD
-% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading.  If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
-% paragraphs.
-%
-% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
-% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
-% By default, we suppress indentation.
-%
-\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\def\insertword{insert}
-%
-\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\noneword
-    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
-  \else\ifx\temp\insertword
-    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% Here is how we actually suppress indentation.  Redefine \everypar to
-% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
-%
-% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
-% paragraph.
-%
-\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
-  \gdef\indent{%
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-    \indent
-  }%
-  \gdef\noindent{%
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-    \noindent
-  }%
-  \global\everypar = {%
-    \kern -\parindent
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-  }%
-}
-
-\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
-  \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
-  \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
-  \global \everypar = {}%
-}
-
-
-% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
-%
-\def\asis#1{#1}
-
-% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-%
-% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
-% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
-% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
-% which is what @var uses.
-{
-  \catcode`\_ = \active
-  \gdef\mathunderscore{%
-    \catcode`\_=\active
-    \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
-  }
-}
-% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
-% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
-% this is not advertised and we don't care.  Texinfo does not
-% otherwise define @\.
-%
-% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
-\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
-%
-\def\math{%
-  \tex
-  \mathunderscore
-  \let\\ = \mathbackslash
-  \mathactive
-  $\finishmath
-}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
-
-% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
-% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
-%
-{
-  \catcode`^ = \active
-  \catcode`< = \active
-  \catcode`> = \active
-  \catcode`+ = \active
-  \gdef\mathactive{%
-    \let^ = \ptexhat
-    \let< = \ptexless
-    \let> = \ptexgtr
-    \let+ = \ptexplus
-  }
-}
-
-% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
-\def\minus{$-$}
-
-% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
-% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
-% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em.  So do
-% whichever is larger.
-%
-\def\dots{%
-  \leavevmode
-  \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
-    \dimen0 = \wd0
-  \else
-    \dimen0 = 1.5em
-  \fi
-  \hbox to \dimen0{%
-    \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
-    .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
-  }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
-  \dots
-  \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
-}
-
-% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
-% Texinfo's parsing.
-%
-\let\comma = ,
-
-% @refill is a no-op.
-\let\refill=\relax
-
-% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
-% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
-% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
-%
-\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
-\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
-
-% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
-% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
-% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
-\def\setfilename{%
-   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
-   \iflinks
-     \tryauxfile
-     % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
-     \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
-   \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
-   \openindices
-   \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
-   %
-   % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
-   % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
-   \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
-   \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
-   \closein 1
-   %
-   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
-}
-
-% Called from \setfilename.
-%
-\def\openindices{%
-  \newindex{cp}%
-  \newcodeindex{fn}%
-  \newcodeindex{vr}%
-  \newcodeindex{tp}%
-  \newcodeindex{ky}%
-  \newcodeindex{pg}%
-}
-
-% @bye.
-\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
-
-
-\message{pdf,}
-% adobe `portable' document format
-\newcount\tempnum
-\newcount\lnkcount
-\newtoks\filename
-\newcount\filenamelength
-\newcount\pgn
-\newtoks\toksA
-\newtoks\toksB
-\newtoks\toksC
-\newtoks\toksD
-\newbox\boxA
-\newcount\countA
-\newif\ifpdf
-\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
-
-% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
-% can be set).  So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
-% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
-\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
-\else
-  \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
-  \else
-    \ifcase\pdfoutput
-    \else
-      \pdftrue
-    \fi
-  \fi
-\fi
-
-% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
-% for display in the outlines, and in other places.  Thus, we have to
-% double any backslashes.  Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
-% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e.  Not good.
-% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
-% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
-% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
-% that's what we do).
-
-% double active backslashes.
-% 
-{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
- @gdef at activebackslashdouble{%
-   @catcode`@\=@active
-   @let\=@doublebackslash}
-}
-
-% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
-% not active characters.  hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
-% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens.  I've
-% tinkered with it a little for texinfo, but it's definitely from there.
-% 
-% #1 is the tokens to replace.
-% #2 is the replacement.
-% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
-% 
-\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
-  \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
-    ##1%
-    \ifx\\##2\\%
-    \else
-      #2%
-      \HyReturnAfterFi{%
-        \HyPsdReplace##2\END
-      }%
-    \fi
-  }%
-  \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
-}
-\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
-
-% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
-\def\backslashparens#1{%
-  \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
-             % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
-  \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
-  \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
-}
-
-\ifpdf
-  \input pdfcolor
-  \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
-  % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
-  \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
-    \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-    % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
-    % included twice.  (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
-    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-      \immediate\pdfimage
-    \else
-      \immediate\pdfximage
-    \fi
-      \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
-      \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
-      \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
-         #1.pdf%
-       \else
-         {#1.pdf}%
-       \fi
-    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
-      \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
-    \fi}
-  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
-    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
-    % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
-    \atdummies
-    \activebackslashdouble
-    \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
-    \backslashparens\pdfdestname
-    \pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz%
-  }}%
-  %
-  % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
-  \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}%
-  %
-  \let\linkcolor = \Blue  % was Cyan, but that seems light?
-  \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
-  % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
-  % come from Petr Olsak
-  \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
-    \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
-  \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
-    \advance\tempnum by 1
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
-  %
-  % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
-  % outline by the pdf viewer.  #2 is the pdf expression for the number
-  % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections).  #3 is the node text,
-  % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
-  % #4 is the page number
-  %
-  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
-    % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
-    % page number.  We could generate a destination for the section
-    % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
-    % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
-    \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-    \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
-      \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
-    \else
-      % Doubled backslashes in the name.
-      {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
-       \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
-    {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
-     \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
-    %
-    \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
-  }
-  %
-  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
-    \begingroup
-      % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
-      \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
-      \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
-      %
-      % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
-      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\def\thischapnum{##2}%
-	\def\thissecnum{0}%
-	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-      }%
-      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
-	\def\thissecnum{##2}%
-	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-      }%
-      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
-	\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
-      }%
-      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-	\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
-      }%
-      \def\thischapnum{0}%
-      \def\thissecnum{0}%
-      \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
-      %
-      % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
-      % al. a second time, below.
-      \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
-      \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
-      \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
-      \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
-      \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
-      \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
-      \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
-      \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
-      \readdatafile{toc}%
-      %
-      % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
-      % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
-      % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
-      %
-      % We use the node names as the destinations.
-      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
-      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
-        \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
-      %
-      % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
-      % document fonts.  Therefore we cannot use special characters,
-      % since the encoding is unknown.  For example, the eogonek from
-      % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character.  Info from
-      % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
-      %
-      % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
-      % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Right
-      % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
-      \indexnofonts
-      \setupdatafile
-      \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
-      \input \jobname.toc
-    \endgroup
-  }
-  %
-  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
-    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
-    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
-      \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
-        \advance\filenamelength by 1
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \nextsp}
-  \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
-  \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
-    \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
-  \else
-    \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
-  \fi
-  % make a live url in pdf output.
-  \def\pdfurl#1{%
-    \begingroup
-      % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
-      % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
-      % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
-      % people have actually reported a problem with.
-      % 
-      \normalturnoffactive
-      \def\@{@}%
-      \let\/=\empty
-      \makevalueexpandable
-      \leavevmode\Red
-      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-        user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
-    \endgroup}
-  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
-  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
-  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
-  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
-  \def\maketoks{%
-    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
-    \ifx\first0\adn0
-    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
-    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
-    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
-    \else
-      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
-      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
-        \let\next=\maketoks
-        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
-        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
-      \fi
-    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-    \next}
-  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
-    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
-  \def\pdflink#1{%
-    \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
-    \linkcolor #1\endlink}
-  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\else
-  \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
-  \let\pdfurl = \gobble
-  \let\endlink = \relax
-  \let\linkcolor = \relax
-  \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
-\fi  % \ifx\pdfoutput
-
-
-\message{fonts,}
-
-% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
-% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
-% italics, not bold italics.
-%
-\def\setfontstyle#1{%
-  \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
-  \csname ten#1\endcsname  % change the current font
-}
-
-% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
-%
-\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
-
-\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
-\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
-\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
-\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
-\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
-
-% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf.
-\newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
-\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
-
-% We don't need math for this font style.
-\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
-
-
-% Default leading.
-\newdimen\textleading  \textleading = 13.2pt
-
-% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
-% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
-% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
-%
-\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
-\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
-\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
-%
-\def\setleading#1{%
-  \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
-  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
-  \normalbaselines
-  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
-    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
-                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
-  }%
-}
-
-
-% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
-% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
-
-
-% Use cm as the default font prefix.
-% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
-% before you read in texinfo.tex.
-\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
-\def\fontprefix{cm}
-\fi
-% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
-\def\rmshape{r}
-\def\rmbshape{bx}               %where the normal face is bold
-\def\bfshape{b}
-\def\bxshape{bx}
-\def\ttshape{tt}
-\def\ttbshape{tt}
-\def\ttslshape{sltt}
-\def\itshape{ti}
-\def\itbshape{bxti}
-\def\slshape{sl}
-\def\slbshape{bxsl}
-\def\sfshape{ss}
-\def\sfbshape{ss}
-\def\scshape{csc}
-\def\scbshape{csc}
-
-% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt.  This is the default in
-% Texinfo.
-% 
-\def\definetextfontsizexi{
-% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
-\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
-\def\authortt{\sectt}
-
-% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
-\let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
-
-% Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
-\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi10
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
-
-% reset the current fonts
-\textfonts
-\rm
-} % end of 11pt text font size definitions
-
-
-% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
-% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit.  This is for the GNU
-% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual.  Maybe other manuals in the
-% future.  Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
-% 
-\def\definetextfontsizex{%
-% Text fonts (10pt).
-\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
-\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
-\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
-\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
-
-% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
-\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
-
-% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\font\smalli=cmmi9
-\font\smallsy=cmsy9
-
-% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
-\font\smalleri=cmmi8
-\font\smallersy=cmsy8
-
-% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
-\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
-\let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
-\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
-\def\authorrm{\secrm}
-\def\authortt{\sectt}
-
-% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
-\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\let\chapbf\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
-\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
-
-% Section fonts (12pt).
-\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}
-\let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\font\seci=cmmi12 
-\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
-
-% Subsection fonts (10pt).
-\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}
-\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}
-\font\sseci=cmmi10
-\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
-
-% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
-\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
-\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
-\font\reducedi=cmmi9
-\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
-
-% reduce space between paragraphs
-\divide\parskip by 2
-
-% reset the current fonts
-\textfonts
-\rm
-} % end of 10pt text font size definitions
-
-
-% We provide the user-level command
-%   @fonttextsize 10
-% (or 11) to redefine the text font size.  pt is assumed.
-% 
-\def\xword{10}
-\def\xiword{11}
-%
-\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
-  \def\textsizearg{#1}%
-  \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
-  %
-  % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
-  % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
-  % 
- \begingroup \globaldefs=1
-  \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
-  \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
-  \else
-    \errhelp=\EMsimple
-    \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
-  \fi\fi
- \endgroup
-}
-
-
-% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
-% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
-% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
-% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
-% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
-%
-\def\resetmathfonts{%
-  \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
-  \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
-  \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
-}
-
-% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE.  We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
-% current \fam for math mode.  Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
-% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
-%
-% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
-% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used in
-% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
-%
-% This all needs generalizing, badly.
-%
-\def\textfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
-  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{text}%
-  \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
-\def\titlefonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
-  \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
-  \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
-  \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
-  \def\curfontsize{title}%
-  \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
-\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
-\def\chapfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
-  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{chap}%
-  \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
-\def\secfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
-  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{sec}%
-  \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
-\def\subsecfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
-  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
-  \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
-\def\reducedfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
-  \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
-  \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
-  \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
-  \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
-  \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
-  \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{small}%
-  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
-\def\smallerfonts{%
-  \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
-  \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
-  \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
-  \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
-  \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
-  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
-  \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
-
-% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
-\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
-
-% About \smallexamplefonts.  If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
-% can fit this many characters:
-%   8.5x11=86   smallbook=72  a4=90  a5=69
-% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
-%   8.5x11=90+  smallbook=80  a4=90+  a5=77
-% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
-% the additional smallness of 8pt.  So I'm making the default 9pt.
-%
-% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
-%   8.5x11=71  smallbook=60  a4=75  a5=58
-%
-% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
-% --karl, 24jan03.
-
-
-% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
-%
-\definetextfontsizexi
-
-% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
-\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
-\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
-
-% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
-\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
-
-% Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}  % no cmb12
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-
-%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
-%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
-
-% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
-% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
-\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
-                    \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
-\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
-% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
-\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl.  We never want
-% ttsl for book titles, do we?
-\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
-
-\let\i=\smartitalic
-\let\slanted=\smartslanted
-\let\var=\smartslanted
-\let\dfn=\smartslanted
-\let\emph=\smartitalic
-
-% @b, explicit bold.
-\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
-\let\strong=\b
-
-% @sansserif, explicit sans.
-\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
-
-% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
-% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
-% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
-%
-\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
-\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
-
-% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
-% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
-% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
-%
-\catcode`@=11
-  \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
-    \sfcode\dotChar  =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
-    \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
-    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
-  }
-  \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
-    \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
-    \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
-    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
-  }
-\catcode`@=\other
-\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
-
-\def\t#1{%
-  {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
-  \null
-}
-\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\font\keysy=cmsy9
-\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
-  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
-    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
-     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
-    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
-  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
-% The old definition, with no lozenge:
-%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
-\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
-
-% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
-\let\file=\samp
-\let\option=\samp
-
-% @code is a modification of @t,
-% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
-\def\tclose#1{%
-  {%
-    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
-    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
-    %
-    % Switch to typewriter.
-    \tt
-    %
-    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
-    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
-    %
-    % Turn off hyphenation.
-    \nohyphenation
-    %
-    \rawbackslash
-    \plainfrenchspacing
-    #1%
-  }%
-  \null
-}
-
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
-% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
-% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
-
-% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
-% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
-% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
-% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
-%  -- rms.
-{
-  \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
-  \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
-  %
-  \global\def\code{\begingroup
-    \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active
-    \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft
-    %
-    \catcode\dashChar=\active  \catcode\underChar=\active
-    \ifallowcodebreaks
-     \let-\codedash
-     \let_\codeunder
-    \else
-     \let-\realdash
-     \let_\realunder
-    \fi
-    \codex
-  }
-}
-
-\def\realdash{-}
-\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
-\def\codeunder{%
-  % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work.  In math mode, _
-  % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
-  % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
-  % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
-  \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
-               \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
-             \else\normalunderscore \fi
-             \discretionary{}{}{}}%
-            {\_}%
-}
-\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
-
-% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
-% each of the four underscores in __typeof__.  This is undesirable in
-% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
-% general.  @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
-% 
-\newif\ifallowcodebreaks  \allowcodebreakstrue
-
-\def\keywordtrue{true}
-\def\keywordfalse{false}
-
-\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
-  \def\txiarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
-    \allowcodebreakstrue
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
-    \allowcodebreaksfalse
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
-  \fi\fi
-}
-
-% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
-% then @kbd has no effect.
-
-% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
-%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
-%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
-  \def\txiarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
-    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else
-    \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\worddistinct{distinct}
-\def\wordexample{example}
-\def\wordcode{code}
-
-% Default is `distinct.'
-\kbdinputstyle distinct
-
-\def\xkey{\key}
-\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
-\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
-\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
-
-% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\indicateurl=\code
-\let\env=\code
-\let\command=\code
-
-% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
-% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
-% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
-% itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.  Perhaps eventually put in
-% a hypertex \special here.
-%
-\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
-\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
-  \unsepspaces
-  \pdfurl{#1}%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-    \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
-  \else
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
-      \ifpdf
-        \unhbox0             % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
-      \else
-        \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
-%
-\let\url=\uref
-
-% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
-% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
-%
-%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
-\ifpdf
-  \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
-  \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
-    \unsepspaces
-    \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
-    \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
-    \endlink
-  \endgroup}
-\else
-  \let\email=\uref
-\fi
-
-% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
-% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
-% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
-% this property, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
-
-% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
-% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
-%
-\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
-
-\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
-
-% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
-% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find.  We need it for
-% Polish suppressed-l.  --karl, 22sep96.
-%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
-
-% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
-\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
-\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
-\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
-
-% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
-% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
-% all-uppercase.
-% 
-\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
-\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-  {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
-  \def\temp{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
-% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
-% 
-\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
-\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
-  {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
-  \def\temp{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
-%
-\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
-
-% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
-% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
-% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
-% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
-% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
-% 
-% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
-% that.  The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
-% font height.
-% 
-% feymr - regular
-% feymo - slanted
-% feybr - bold
-% feybo - bold slanted
-% 
-% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
-% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
-% Hmm.
-% 
-% Also doesn't work in math.  Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
-% Hope not.
-% 
-% 
-\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
-\def\eurofont{%
-  % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
-  % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
-  % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
-  % font installed.
-  % 
-  % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
-  % that to the current nominal size.
-  % 
-  % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
-  % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
-  % 
-  \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
-  %
-  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename 
-    % bold:
-    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
-  \else 
-    % regular:
-    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
-  \fi
-  \thiseurofont
-}
-
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle.  The font for the R should really
-% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
-% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
-%
-\def\registeredsymbol{%
-  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
-               \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
-    }$%
-}
-
-% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
-%
-\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
-
-% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
-%  Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14)  (68K)  16 APR 2004 02:38
-% so we'll define it if necessary.
-% 
-\ifx\Orb\undefined
-\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
-\fi
-
-
-\message{page headings,}
-
-\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
-\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
-
-% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
-\newif\ifseenauthor
-\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
-
-% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
-% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
-%
-\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
- \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
-
-\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
-        \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
-
-\envdef\titlepage{%
-  % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
-  \begingroup
-    \parindent=0pt \textfonts
-    % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
-    \vglue\titlepagetopglue
-    % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
-    \finishedtitlepagetrue
-    %
-    % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
-    % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
-    \let\oldpage = \page
-    \def\page{%
-      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	 \finishtitlepage
-      \fi
-      \let\page = \oldpage
-      \page
-      \null
-    }%
-}
-
-\def\Etitlepage{%
-    \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-	\finishtitlepage
-    \fi
-    % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
-    % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
-    % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
-    % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
-    \oldpage
-  \endgroup
-  %
-  % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
-  % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
-  \HEADINGSon
-  %
-  % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
-  \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
-    \shortcontents
-    \contents
-    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-    \global\let\contents = \relax
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
-    \contents
-    \global\let\contents = \relax
-    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-\def\finishtitlepage{%
-  \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
-  \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
-  \finishedtitlepagetrue
-}
-
-%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
-
-\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
-
-\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
-		\let\tt=\authortt}
-
-\parseargdef\title{%
-  \checkenv\titlepage
-  \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
-  % print a rule at the page bottom also.
-  \finishedtitlepagefalse
-  \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\subtitle{%
-  \checkenv\titlepage
-  {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
-}
-
-% @author should come last, but may come many times.
-% It can also be used inside @quotation.
-%
-\parseargdef\author{%
-  \def\temp{\quotation}%
-  \ifx\thisenv\temp
-    \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
-  \else
-    \checkenv\titlepage
-    \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
-    {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-%%% Set up page headings and footings.
-
-\let\thispage=\folio
-
-\newtoks\evenheadline    % headline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddheadline     % headline on odd pages
-\newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
-\newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
-
-% Now make TeX use those variables
-\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
-                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
-\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
-                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
-\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
-
-% Commands to set those variables.
-% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
-% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
-% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
-% @evenfooting @thisfile||
-% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
-
-
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
-
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
-
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
-\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
-  \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
-  %
-  % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
-  % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
-  \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
-  \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
-}
-
-\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
-
-
-% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
-% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
-% @headings off         turns them off.
-% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
-% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
-% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
-% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
-% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
-
-\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\HEADINGSoff{%
-\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
-\HEADINGSoff
-% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
-% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
-% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
-% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
-% edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-
-% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
-% page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
-\global\pageno=1
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
-
-\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
-\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
-\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-}
-
-\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
-\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
-\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
-\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
-\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-}
-
-% Subroutines used in generating headings
-% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
-% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
-% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
-\ifx\today\undefined
-\def\today{%
-  \number\day\space
-  \ifcase\month
-  \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
-  \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
-  \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
-  \fi
-  \space\number\year}
-\fi
-
-% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
-% It generates no output of its own.
-\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
-
-
-\message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
-
-% default indentation of table text
-\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
-% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
-\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
-% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
-\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
-
-% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
-\newdimen\itemmax
-
-% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
-% these defs.
-% They also define \itemindex
-% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
-
-\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
-
-\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
-
-\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
-\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
-
-\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
-  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
-  \itemindex{#1}%
-  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
-  %
-  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
-  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
-  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
-  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
-  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
-  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
-    %
-    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
-    % but leave it ragged-right.
-    \begingroup
-      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
-      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
-      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
-      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
-    \endgroup
-    %
-    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
-    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
-    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
-    %
-    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  However, if
-    % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
-    % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
-    % cause the example and the item to crash together.  So we use this
-    % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
-    % \parskip glue after all.  Section titles are handled this way also.
-    % 
-    \penalty 10001
-    \endgroup
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
-  \else
-    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
-    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
-    \noindent
-    % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
-    % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
-    % eventually be printed.
-    \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
-    \dimen0 = \itemmax  \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
-    \unhbox0
-    \nobreak\kern\dimen0
-    \endgroup
-    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
-  \fi
-}
-
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
-
-% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\envdef\table{%
-  \let\itemindex\gobble
-  \tablecheck{table}%
-}
-\envdef\ftable{%
-  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
-  \tablecheck{ftable}%
-}
-\envdef\vtable{%
-  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
-  \tablecheck{vtable}%
-}
-\def\tablecheck#1{%
-  \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
-    \endgroup
-    \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
-      that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
-    \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
-  \else
-    \let\next\tablex
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-\def\tablex#1{%
-  \def\itemindicate{#1}%
-  \parsearg\tabley
-}
-\def\tabley#1{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
-    \expandafter
-  }\temp \endtablez
-}
-\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
-  \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
-  \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
-  \itemmax=\tableindent
-  \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
-  \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
-  \exdentamount=\tableindent
-  \parindent = 0pt
-  \parskip = \smallskipamount
-  \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-  \let\item = \internalBitem
-  \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
-}
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
-\let\Eftable\Etable
-\let\Evtable\Etable
-\let\Eitemize\Etable
-\let\Eenumerate\Etable
-
-% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
-
-\newcount \itemno
-
-\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
-
-\def\doitemize#1{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \itemmax=\itemindent
-  \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
-  \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
-  \exdentamount=\itemindent
-  \parindent=0pt
-  \parskip=\smallskipamount
-  \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-  \def\itemcontents{#1}%
-  % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
-  \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
-  \let\item=\itemizeitem
-}
-
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
-%
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-  \advance\itemno by 1  % for enumerations
-  {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
-  {%
-   % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
-   % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
-   % done a \vskip-\parskip.  In that case, we don't want to zero
-   % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading.  On the
-   % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
-   % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
-   % space.  In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before.  At least
-   % that's the theory.
-   \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
-   \noindent
-   \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
-   \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
-  \flushcr
-}
-
-% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
-% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
-%
-\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
-
-% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
-% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
-% argument is the same as `1'.
-%
-\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
-\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
-  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
-  \def\thearg{#1}%
-  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
-  %
-  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
-  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
-  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
-  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
-  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
-  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
-  \ifx\rest\empty
-    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
-    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
-    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
-    %   not equal to itself.
-    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
-    %
-    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
-    % continuing to look for a <number>.
-    %
-    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
-      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
-    \else
-      % It's a letter.
-      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
-        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
-      \else
-        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
-    \numericenumerate
-  \fi
-}
-
-% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
-% given in \thearg.
-%
-\def\numericenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \thearg
-  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
-}
-
-% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}%
-    \fi
-    \char\lccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
-\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
-  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
-  \startenumeration{%
-    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
-    \ifnum\itemno=0
-      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
-                  alphabet}
-    \fi
-    \char\uccode\itemno
-  }%
-}
-
-% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
-% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
-% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
-%
-\def\startenumeration#1{%
-  \advance\itemno by -1
-  \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
-}
-
-% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
-% to @enumerate.
-%
-\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
-\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
-\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
-
-
-% @multitable macros
-% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
-%
-% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
-% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble.  Width
-% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
-% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
-
-% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
-
-% To make preamble:
-%
-% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
-%   @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
-%   @item ...
-%
-%   Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
-%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
-%   columns as desired.
-
-
-% Or use a template:
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item ...
-%   using the widest term desired in each column.
-
-% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
-% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
-% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
-% ie, @tab at tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
-
-% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
-% if they are.
-
-% Sample multitable:
-
-%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
-%   @item
-%   first col stuff
-%   @tab
-%   second col stuff
-%   @tab
-%   third col
-%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
-%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
-%
-%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
-%   @item at tab@tab This will be in third column.
-%   @end multitable
-
-% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
-% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
-% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
-% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
-% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
-%                                                            to baseline.
-%   0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
-%
-\newskip\multitableparskip
-\newskip\multitableparindent
-\newdimen\multitablecolspace
-\newskip\multitablelinespace
-\multitableparskip=0pt
-\multitableparindent=6pt
-\multitablecolspace=12pt
-\multitablelinespace=0pt
-
-% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
-%
-\let\endsetuptable\relax
-\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
-\let\columnfractions\relax
-\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
-\newif\ifsetpercent
-
-% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
-% be just 1.  We just use it, whatever it is.
-%
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
-  \global\advance\colcount by 1
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
-  \setuptable
-}
-
-\newcount\colcount
-\def\setuptable#1{%
-  \def\firstarg{#1}%
-  \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
-    \let\go = \relax
-  \else
-    \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
-      \global\setpercenttrue
-    \else
-      \ifsetpercent
-         \let\go\pickupwholefraction
-      \else
-         \global\advance\colcount by 1
-         \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
-                   % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
-         \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
-      % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
-      % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
-      \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
-    \else
-      \let\go = \setuptable
-    \fi%
-  \fi
-  \go
-}
-
-% multitable-only commands.
-%
-% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
-% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
-% of an alignment entry.  Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
-\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
-%
-% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template
-% line is not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just `&' until
-% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
-%					--karl, nathan at acm.org, 20apr99.
-\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
-
-% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
-%
-\newtoks\everytab  % insert after every tab.
-%
-\envdef\multitable{%
-  \vskip\parskip
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
-  % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
-  % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
-  % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
-  \def\item{\crcr}%
-  %
-  \tolerance=9500
-  \hbadness=9500
-  \setmultitablespacing
-  \parskip=\multitableparskip
-  \parindent=\multitableparindent
-  \overfullrule=0pt
-  \global\colcount=0
-  %
-  \everycr = {%
-    \noalign{%
-      \global\everytab={}%
-      \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
-      % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
-      \checkinserts
-      % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-      %\filbreak
-	% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
-	% table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the
-	% problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
-    }%
-  }%
-  %
-  \parsearg\domultitable
-}
-\def\domultitable#1{%
-  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
-  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
-  %
-  % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
-  % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
-  % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
-  % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-  \halign\bgroup &%
-    \global\advance\colcount by 1
-    \multistrut
-    \vtop{%
-      % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
-      \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
-      %
-      % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
-      % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
-      % the first one.
-      %
-      % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
-      % to the width of each template entry.
-      %
-      % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
-      % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
-      % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
-      % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
-      %
-      % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
-      \rightskip=0pt
-      \ifnum\colcount=1
-	% The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
-	\advance\hsize by\leftskip
-      \else
-	\ifsetpercent \else
-	  % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-	  % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
-	  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
-	\fi
-       % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
-      \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
-      \fi
-      % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
-      % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
-      % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
-      % For example:
-      % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
-      % @item @code{#}
-      % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
-      % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
-      % marking characters.
-      \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
-    }\cr
-}
-\def\Emultitable{%
-  \crcr
-  \egroup % end the \halign
-  \global\setpercentfalse
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{%
-  \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
-  %
-  % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
-  % \multitableparskip calculation.  We used define \multistrut based on
-  % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
-  % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
-\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
-\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
-\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-\fi
-%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
-%% table. If not, do nothing.
-%%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
-\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi%
-\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
-\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
-\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
-                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
-\fi}
-
-
-\message{conditionals,}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
-% @ifnotxml always succeed.  They currently do nothing; we don't
-% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested.  But we
-% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
-% attempt to close an environment group.
-%
-\def\makecond#1{%
-  \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
-  \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
-}
-\makecond{iftex}
-\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
-\makecond{ifnothtml}
-\makecond{ifnotinfo}
-\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
-\makecond{ifnotxml}
-
-% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
-%
-\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
-\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
-\def\html{\doignore{html}}
-\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
-\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
-\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
-\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
-\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
-\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
-\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
-\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
-\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
-%
-% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
-\newcount\doignorecount
-
-\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
-  % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
-  \obeylines
-  \catcode`\@ = \other
-  \catcode`\{ = \other
-  \catcode`\} = \other
-  %
-  % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
-  \spaceisspace
-  %
-  % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
-  \doignorecount = 0
-  %
-  % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
-  \dodoignore{#1}%
-}
-
-{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
-  \obeylines %
-  %
-  \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
-    % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
-    %
-    % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
-    \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M at end #1{%
-      \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
-    %
-    % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
-    % line.  (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
-    % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
-    \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
-    %
-    % And now expand that command.
-    \doignoretext ^^M%
-  }%
-}
-
-\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty			% Nothing found.
-    \let\next\doignoretextzzz
-  \else					% Found a nested condition, ...
-    \advance\doignorecount by 1
-    \let\next\doignoretextyyy		% ..., look for another.
-    % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
-  \fi
-  \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
-}
-
-% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
-%
-\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
-  \ifnum\doignorecount = 0	% We have just found the outermost @end.
-    \let\next\enddoignore
-  \else				% Still inside a nested condition.
-    \advance\doignorecount by -1
-    \let\next\doignoretext      % Look for the next @end.
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-
-% Finish off ignored text.
-{ \obeylines%
-  % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
-  % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
-  % would result in a blank line in the output.
-  \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
-}
-
-
-% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
-% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
-%
-% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
-% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
-% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.
-% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
-%
-\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
-\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \def\temp{#2}%
-    \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
-    \ifx\temp\empty
-      \next{}%
-    \else
-      \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
-    \fi
-  }%
-}
-% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
-
-% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
-%
-\parseargdef\clear{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
-  }%
-}
-
-% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
-\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
-{
-  \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
-  %
-  \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
-    \let\value = \expandablevalue
-    % We don't want these characters active, ...
-    \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
-    % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
-    % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
-    % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
-    \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
-  }
-}
-
-% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
-% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
-% the result winds up in the index file.  This means that if the
-% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
-% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
-% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
-%
-\def\expandablevalue#1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    {[No value for ``#1'']}%
-    \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
-  \else
-    \csname SET#1\endcsname
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
-% with @set.
-%
-% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
-%
-\makecond{ifset}
-\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
-\def\doifset#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \let\next=\empty
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
-      #1% If not set, redefine \next.
-    \fi
-    \expandafter
-  }\next
-}
-\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
-
-% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
-% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
-%
-% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
-% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
-% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
-%
-\makecond{ifclear}
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
-
-% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory=\comment
-
-% @defininfoenclose.
-\let\definfoenclose=\comment
-
-
-\message{indexing,}
-% Index generation facilities
-
-% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
-\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
-
-% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
-% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
-% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
-% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
-% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
-% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
-% for the sake of vms.
-%
-\def\newindex#1{%
-  \iflinks
-    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
-  \fi
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
-    \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
-}
-
-% @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
-%
-\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
-
-% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-%
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
-%
-\def\newcodeindex#1{%
-  \iflinks
-    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
-    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
-  \fi
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
-}
-
-
-% @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
-% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-%
-% @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
-% inside @code.
-%
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
-
-% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
-% #3 the target index (bar).
-\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
-  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
-  % closing the target index.
-  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
-    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-    \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
-  \fi
-  % redefine \fooindfile:
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
-  % redefine \fooindex:
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
-}
-
-% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
-% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
-%  and it is "foo", the name of the index.
-
-% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
-% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
-
-% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
-% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
-
-\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
-\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
-
-% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
-\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
-\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
-% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
-% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
-%
-\def\indexdummies{%
-  \escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
-  \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
-  \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
-  %
-  % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
-  % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
-  % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
-  \let\{ = \mylbrace
-  \let\} = \myrbrace
-  %
-  % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
-  % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
-  % causes processing to be prematurely terminated.  This is,
-  % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
-  % is an expandable command.  The redefinition below makes \endinput
-  % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
-  % processing continues to some further point.  On the other hand, it
-  % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
-  % is still getting written without apparent harm.
-  % 
-  % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
-  % help-texinfo, 22may06):
-  % @macro funindex {WORD}
-  % @findex xyz
-  % @end macro
-  % ...
-  % @funindex commtest
-  % 
-  % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
-  % 
-  % Sample whatsit resulting:
-  % . at write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz at endinput }}}
-  % 
-  % So:
-  \let\endinput = \empty
-  %
-  % Do the redefinitions.
-  \commondummies
-}
-
-% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character.  So we want to
-% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
-% \realbackslash, still used for index files).  When everything uses @,
-% this will be simpler.
-%
-\def\atdummies{%
-  \def\@{@@}%
-  \def\ {@ }%
-  \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
-  \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
-  %
-  % Do the redefinitions.
-  \commondummies
-  \otherbackslash
-}
-
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
-%
-\def\commondummies{%
-  %
-  % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
-  % preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control% words,
-  % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
-  % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
-  % from whatever follows.
-  %
-  % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
-  % space.
-  %
-  % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
-  % those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
-  % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
-  %
-  \def\definedummyword  ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
-  \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
-  \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
-  %
-  \commondummiesnofonts
-  %
-  \definedummyletter\_%
-  %
-  % Non-English letters.
-  \definedummyword\AA
-  \definedummyword\AE
-  \definedummyword\L
-  \definedummyword\OE
-  \definedummyword\O
-  \definedummyword\aa
-  \definedummyword\ae
-  \definedummyword\l
-  \definedummyword\oe
-  \definedummyword\o
-  \definedummyword\ss
-  \definedummyword\exclamdown
-  \definedummyword\questiondown
-  \definedummyword\ordf
-  \definedummyword\ordm
-  %
-  % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
-  \definedummyword\bf
-  \definedummyword\gtr
-  \definedummyword\hat
-  \definedummyword\less
-  \definedummyword\sf
-  \definedummyword\sl
-  \definedummyword\tclose
-  \definedummyword\tt
-  %
-  \definedummyword\LaTeX
-  \definedummyword\TeX
-  %
-  % Assorted special characters.
-  \definedummyword\bullet
-  \definedummyword\comma
-  \definedummyword\copyright
-  \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
-  \definedummyword\dots
-  \definedummyword\enddots
-  \definedummyword\equiv
-  \definedummyword\error
-  \definedummyword\euro
-  \definedummyword\expansion
-  \definedummyword\minus
-  \definedummyword\pounds
-  \definedummyword\point
-  \definedummyword\print
-  \definedummyword\result
-  \definedummyword\textdegree
-  %
-  % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
-  \macrolist
-  %
-  \normalturnoffactive
-  %
-  % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
-  % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
-  \makevalueexpandable
-}
-
-% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
-%
-\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
-  % Control letters and accents.
-  \definedummyletter\!%
-  \definedummyaccent\"%
-  \definedummyaccent\'%
-  \definedummyletter\*%
-  \definedummyaccent\,%
-  \definedummyletter\.%
-  \definedummyletter\/%
-  \definedummyletter\:%
-  \definedummyaccent\=%
-  \definedummyletter\?%
-  \definedummyaccent\^%
-  \definedummyaccent\`%
-  \definedummyaccent\~%
-  \definedummyword\u
-  \definedummyword\v
-  \definedummyword\H
-  \definedummyword\dotaccent
-  \definedummyword\ringaccent
-  \definedummyword\tieaccent
-  \definedummyword\ubaraccent
-  \definedummyword\udotaccent
-  \definedummyword\dotless
-  %
-  % Texinfo font commands.
-  \definedummyword\b
-  \definedummyword\i
-  \definedummyword\r
-  \definedummyword\sc
-  \definedummyword\t
-  %
-  % Commands that take arguments.
-  \definedummyword\acronym
-  \definedummyword\cite
-  \definedummyword\code
-  \definedummyword\command
-  \definedummyword\dfn
-  \definedummyword\emph
-  \definedummyword\env
-  \definedummyword\file
-  \definedummyword\kbd
-  \definedummyword\key
-  \definedummyword\math
-  \definedummyword\option
-  \definedummyword\pxref
-  \definedummyword\ref
-  \definedummyword\samp
-  \definedummyword\strong
-  \definedummyword\tie
-  \definedummyword\uref
-  \definedummyword\url
-  \definedummyword\var
-  \definedummyword\verb
-  \definedummyword\w
-  \definedummyword\xref
-}
-
-% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
-% by, and when constructing control sequence names.  It eliminates all
-% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
-% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
-%
-\def\indexnofonts{%
-  % Accent commands should become @asis.
-  \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
-  % We can just ignore other control letters.
-  \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
-  % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
-  \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
-  %
-  \commondummiesnofonts
-  %
-  % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-  % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
-  % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
-  %\let\tt=\asis
-  %
-  \def\ { }%
-  \def\@{@}%
-  % how to handle braces?
-  \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
-  %
-  % Non-English letters.
-  \def\AA{AA}%
-  \def\AE{AE}%
-  \def\L{L}%
-  \def\OE{OE}%
-  \def\O{O}%
-  \def\aa{aa}%
-  \def\ae{ae}%
-  \def\l{l}%
-  \def\oe{oe}%
-  \def\o{o}%
-  \def\ss{ss}%
-  \def\exclamdown{!}%
-  \def\questiondown{?}%
-  \def\ordf{a}%
-  \def\ordm{o}%
-  %
-  \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
-  \def\TeX{TeX}%
-  %
-  % Assorted special characters.
-  % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
-  \def\bullet{bullet}%
-  \def\comma{,}%
-  \def\copyright{copyright}%
-  \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
-  \def\dots{...}%
-  \def\enddots{...}%
-  \def\equiv{==}%
-  \def\error{error}%
-  \def\euro{euro}%
-  \def\expansion{==>}%
-  \def\minus{-}%
-  \def\pounds{pounds}%
-  \def\point{.}%
-  \def\print{-|}%
-  \def\result{=>}%
-  \def\textdegree{degrees}%
-  %
-  % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
-  % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
-  % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
-  % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
-  % that starts with \.
-  % 
-  % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
-  % to take a single TeX argument.  The case of a macro invocation that
-  % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
-  % 
-  \macrolist
-}
-
-\let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
-\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
-
-% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
-
-% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
-% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
-% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
-%
-\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
-  \iflinks
-  {%
-    % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
-    \toks0 = {#2}%
-    % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
-    \def\thirdarg{#3}%
-    \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
-    %
-    \ifvmode
-      \dosubindsanitize
-    \else
-      \dosubindwrite
-    \fi
-  }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
-%
-\def\dosubindwrite{%
-  % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
-  \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
-    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Remember, we are within a group.
-  \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-  \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
-      % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
-  %
-  % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
-  % get the string to sort by.
-  {\indexnofonts
-   \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
-   \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
-  }%
-  %
-  % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
-  % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
-  % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
-  % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
-  % sorted result.
-  \edef\temp{%
-    \write\writeto{%
-      \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
-  }%
-  \temp
-}
-
-% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
-%
-% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-% the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-% \write will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that sequences
-% like this:
-% @end defun
-% @tindex whatever
-% @defun ...
-% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-% the previous defun.
-%
-% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
-% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-%
-% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-%
-% But wait, there is a catch there:
-% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip.  \ifdim is not
-% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
-% of the skip.  The only way seems to be to check the textual
-% representation of the skip.
-%
-% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
-% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
-%
-\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z at skip\endcsname}
-%
-% ..., ready, GO:
-%
-\def\dosubindsanitize{%
-  % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
-  \skip0 = \lastskip
-  \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
-  \count255 = \lastpenalty
-  %
-  % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
-  % skip.  And since a skip is discardable, that means this
-  % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
-  % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
-  % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
-  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-  \else
-    \vskip-\skip0
-  \fi
-  %
-  \dosubindwrite
-  %
-  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
-    % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
-    % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.  In that case, we want
-    % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
-    % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
-    % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint.  For example:
-    % 
-    %   @deffn deffn-whatever
-    %   @vindex index-whatever
-    %   Description.
-    % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
-    % and the "Description." paragraph.
-    \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi
-  \else
-    % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
-    % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
-    % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
-    \nobreak\vskip\skip0
-  \fi
-}
-
-% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
-%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
-% or
-%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
-% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
-% containing these kinds of lines:
-%  \initial {c}
-%     before the first topic whose initial is c
-%  \entry {topic}{pagelist}
-%     for a topic that is used without subtopics
-%  \primary {topic}
-%     for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
-%  \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
-%     for each subtopic.
-
-% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
-% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
-
-\def\findex {\fnindex}
-\def\kindex {\kyindex}
-\def\cindex {\cpindex}
-\def\vindex {\vrindex}
-\def\tindex {\tpindex}
-\def\pindex {\pgindex}
-
-\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
-{\obeylines %
-\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
-\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
-
-% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
-
-% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
-% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
-%
-\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
-  \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
-  %
-  \smallfonts \rm
-  \tolerance = 9500
-  \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
-  %
-  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
-  % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
-  % \initial {@}
-  % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
-  % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
-  \catcode`\@ = 11
-  \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
-  \ifeof 1
-    % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
-    % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
-    % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
-    % there is some text.
-    \putwordIndexNonexistent
-  \else
-    %
-    % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
-    % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
-    % it can discover if there is anything in it.
-    \read 1 to \temp
-    \ifeof 1
-      \putwordIndexIsEmpty
-    \else
-      % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
-      % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
-      % to make right now.
-      \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
-      \catcode`\\ = 0
-      \escapechar = `\\
-      \begindoublecolumns
-      \input \jobname.#1s
-      \enddoublecolumns
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-\endgroup}
-
-% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
-% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
-
-\def\initial#1{{%
-  % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
-  \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
-  %
-  % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
-  \removelastskip
-  %
-  % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
-  \nobreak
-  \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
-  \penalty 0
-  \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
-  %
-  % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
-  % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
-  % to column.  It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
-  % we need before each entry, but it's better.
-  %
-  % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
-  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
-  \leftline{\secbf #1}%
-  % Do our best not to break after the initial.
-  \nobreak
-  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-}}
-
-% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
-% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin.  It is used for index
-% and table of contents entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
-%
-% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
-%	\def\entry#1#2{...
-% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
-% @code, which sets - active.  This problem was fixed by a kludge---
-% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
-%
-% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
-%                                 --kasal, 21nov03
-\def\entry{%
-  \begingroup
-    %
-    % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
-    % affect previous text.
-    \par
-    %
-    % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
-    \parfillskip = 0in
-    %
-    % No extra space above this paragraph.
-    \parskip = 0in
-    %
-    % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
-    \finalhyphendemerits = 0
-    %
-    % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
-    % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
-    % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
-    % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
-    % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
-    %
-    % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
-    % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
-    \hangindent = 2em
-    %
-    % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
-    % with blank space.
-    \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
-    %
-    % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
-    % columns.
-    \vskip 0pt plus1pt
-    %
-    % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
-    \afterassignment\doentry
-    \let\temp =
-}
-\def\doentry{%
-    \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
-      \noindent
-      \aftergroup\finishentry
-      % And now comes the text of the entry.
-}
-\def\finishentry#1{%
-    % #1 is the page number.
-    %
-    % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
-    % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
-    % cursed by a Unix daemon.
-    \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
-    \def\tempb{#1}%
-    \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
-    \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
-    \ifx\tempc\tempd
-      \ %
-    \else
-      %
-      % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
-      % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
-      % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
-      \hfil\penalty50
-      \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
-      %
-      % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
-      % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
-      % \hbox ensues.
-      \ifpdf
-	\pdfgettoks#1.%
-	\ \the\toksA
-      \else
-	\ #1%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \par
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
-\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
-  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
-
-\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
-
-\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
-\def\secondary#1#2{{%
-  \parfillskip=0in
-  \parskip=0in
-  \hangindent=1in
-  \hangafter=1
-  \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
-  \ifpdf
-    \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
-  \else
-    #2
-  \fi
-  \par
-}}
-
-% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
-% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
-\catcode`\@=11
-
-\newbox\partialpage
-\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
-
-\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
-  % Grab any single-column material above us.
-  \output = {%
-    %
-    % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
-    % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
-    % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
-    % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off).  In
-    % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
-    % output routine.  Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
-    % runs and this will be a no-op.  See the indexspread.tex test case.
-    \ifvoid\partialpage \else
-      \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
-      % Unvbox the main output page.
-      \unvbox\PAGE
-      \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
-    }%
-  }%
-  \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
-  %
-  % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
-  \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
-  %
-  % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
-  % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
-  % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
-  % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
-  % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
-  %
-  % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
-  % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
-  % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
-  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
-  % as it did when we hard-coded it.
-  %
-  % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
-  % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
-  % been clobbered.
-  %
-  \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
-    \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
-    \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
-  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-  %
-  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
-  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
-  \vsize = 2\vsize
-}
-
-% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
-% the last.
-%
-\def\doublecolumnout{%
-  \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
-  % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
-  % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
-  % previous page.
-  \dimen@ = \vsize
-  \divide\dimen@ by 2
-  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
-  %
-  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
-  \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
-  \onepageout\pagesofar
-  \unvbox255
-  \penalty\outputpenalty
-}
-%
-% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
-% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
-\def\pagesofar{%
-  \unvbox\partialpage
-  %
-  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
-  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
-  \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
-}
-%
-% All done with double columns.
-\def\enddoublecolumns{%
-  \output = {%
-    % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
-    % current page, no automatic page break.
-    \balancecolumns
-    %
-    % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
-    % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
-    % invocation ends.  Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
-    % want to call it again.  Therefore, reset \output to its normal
-    % definition right away.  (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
-    % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
-    % the output somewhat more palatable.)
-    \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
-  }%
-  \eject
-  \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
-  %
-  % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
-  % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
-  % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
-  % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
-  \pagegoal = \vsize
-}
-%
-% Called at the end of the double column material.
-\def\balancecolumns{%
-  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
-  \dimen@ = \ht0
-  \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
-  \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
-  \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
-  %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen at .}%
-  \splittopskip = \topskip
-  % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
-  {%
-    \vbadness = 10000
-    \loop
-      \global\setbox3 = \copy0
-      \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
-    \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
-      \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
-    \repeat
-  }%
-  %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
-  \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
-  \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
-  %
-  \pagesofar
-}
-\catcode`\@ = \other
-
-
-\message{sectioning,}
-% Chapters, sections, etc.
-
-% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course.  But we count the unnumbered
-% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
-% outlines by their "section number".  We avoid collisions with chapter
-% numbers by starting them at 10000.  (If a document ever has 10000
-% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
-\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
-\newcount\chapno
-\newcount\secno        \secno=0
-\newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
-\newcount\subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
-
-% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
-\newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
-%
-% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
-% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
-% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
-%
-\def\appendixletter{%
-  \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
-  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
-  % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
-  % expanded while writing the .toc file.  \char\appendixno is not
-  % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
-  % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
-  \else\char\the\appendixno
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
-  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
-
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise.
-% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
-\def\thischapter{}
-\def\thissection{}
-
-\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
-
-% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
-\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
-\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
-
-% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
-\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
-\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
-
-% we only have subsub.
-\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
-%
-% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
-% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
-\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
-%
-% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
-% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
-\def\chapheadtype{N}
-
-% Choose a heading macro
-% #1 is heading type
-% #2 is heading level
-% #3 is text for heading
-\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
-  % Compute the abs. sec. level:
-  \absseclevel=#2
-  \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
-  % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
-  \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
-    \absseclevel = 0
-  \else
-    \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
-      \absseclevel = 3
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  % The heading type:
-  \def\headtype{#1}%
-  \if \headtype U%
-    \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
-      \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % Check for appendix sections:
-    \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
-      \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
-    \else
-      \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
-	\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
-      \fi\fi
-    \fi
-    % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
-    \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
-      \def\headtype{U}%
-    \else
-      \chardef\unmlevel = 3
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  % Now print the heading:
-  \if \headtype U%
-    \ifcase\absseclevel
-	\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
-    \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
-    \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
-    \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \if \headtype A%
-      \ifcase\absseclevel
-	  \appendixzzz{#3}%
-      \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
-      \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \fi
-    \else
-      \ifcase\absseclevel
-	  \chapterzzz{#3}%
-      \or \seczzz{#3}%
-      \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% an interface:
-\def\numhead{\genhead N}
-\def\apphead{\genhead A}
-\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.  Increment top-level counter, reset
-% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
-%
-% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
-% (e.g., figures), q.v.  By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
-\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-%
-\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz#1{%
-  % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
-  % as an @include file.
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\chapno by 1
-  %
-  % Used for \float.
-  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
-  %
-  % Write the actual heading.
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
-  %
-  % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
-  \global\let\section = \numberedsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz#1{%
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\appendixno by 1
-  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
-  \message{\appendixnum}%
-  %
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
-  %
-  \global\let\section = \appendixsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
-  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
-    \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
-  %
-  % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
-  \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
-  \resetallfloatnos
-  %
-  % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
-  % argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
-  % expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
-  % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
-  % to be executed, not expanded).
-  %
-  % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
-  % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
-  % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
-  % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
-  % the toc entries.)
-  \toks0 = {#1}%
-  \message{(\the\toks0)}%
-  %
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
-  %
-  \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
-  \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
-  \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
-}
-
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
-  % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
-  % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
-  % Thus we are safer this way:		--kasal, 24feb04
-  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
-  \unnmhead0{#1}%
-  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\let\top\unnumbered
-
-% Sections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
-}
-\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
-}
-
-% Subsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
-                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
-                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
-}
-
-% Subsubsections.
-\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
-                 {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
-                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
-  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
-  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
-                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
-}
-
-% These macros control what the section commands do, according
-% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
-% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\let\section = \numberedsec
-\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
-
-% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
-
-% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
-%       1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
-%          overlong headings to fold.
-%       2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
-%          heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
-%       3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
-%          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
-
-
-\def\majorheading{%
-  {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-  \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
-}
-
-\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
-  {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                    \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                    \rm #1\hfill}}%
-  \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
-  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
-
-% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
-% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
-% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
-
-%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
-\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
-
-%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
-% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
-
-\newskip\chapheadingskip
-
-\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
-\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
-
-\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGon{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
-
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
-\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
-\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
-\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
-
-\CHAPPAGon
-
-% Chapter opening.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
-% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
-%
-% To test against our argument.
-\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
-\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
-\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
-%
-\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
-  \pchapsepmacro
-  {%
-    \chapfonts \rm
-    %
-    % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
-    % xref code eventually uses it.  On the other hand, it has to be called
-    % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
-    \gdef\thissection{#1}%
-    \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-    %
-    % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
-    % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
-    \def\temptype{#2}%
-    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{unnchap}%
-      \gdef\thischapternum{}%
-      \gdef\thischapter{#1}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
-      \def\toctype{omit}%
-      \gdef\thischapternum{}%
-      \gdef\thischapter{}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{app}%
-      \xdef\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
-      % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
-      % because we don't want its macros evaluated now.  And we don't
-      % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
-      %
-      \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
-                        \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-    \else
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{numchap}%
-      \xdef\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
-      \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
-                        \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-    %
-    % Write the toc entry for this chapter.  Must come before the
-    % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
-    % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
-    \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
-    %
-    % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
-    % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
-    % been typeset.  If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
-    % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
-    % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
-    \donoderef{#2}%
-    %
-    % Typeset the actual heading.
-    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-          \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
-          \unhbox0 #1\par}%
-  }%
-  \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
-  \nobreak
-}
-
-% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
-\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerparameters{%
-  \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
-  \leftskip = \rightskip
-  \parfillskip = 0pt
-}
-
-
-% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
-% updating it with the new noderef stuff.  We'll see.  --karl, 11aug03.
-%
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-%
-\def\unnchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                       \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                       \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
-\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
-\par\penalty 5000 %
-}
-\def\centerchfopen #1{%
-\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                       \parindent=0pt
-                       \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
-}
-\def\CHAPFopen{%
-  \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-  \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
-
-
-% Section titles.  These macros combine the section number parts and
-% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
-%
-\newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
-
-% Subsection titles.
-\newskip\subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
-
-% Subsubsection titles.
-\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
-\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
-
-
-% Print any size, any type, section title.
-%
-% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
-% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
-% section number.
-%
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
-  {%
-    % Switch to the right set of fonts.
-    \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
-    %
-    % Insert space above the heading.
-    \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
-    %
-    % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
-    \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
-    \def\temptype{#3}%
-    %
-    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{unn}%
-      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
-      % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
-      % and don't redefine \thissection.
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
-      \def\toctype{omit}%
-      \let\sectionlevel=\empty
-    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{app}%
-      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
-    \else
-      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
-      \def\toctype{num}%
-      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
-    \fi\fi\fi
-    %
-    % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef).  See comments in \chapmacro.
-    \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
-    %
-    % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
-    % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
-    \donoderef{#3}%
-    %
-    % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
-    % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
-    % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
-    % \writetocentry if there was no node).  We don't want to allow that
-    % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
-    % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong.  Debian bug 276000.
-    \nobreak
-    %
-    % Output the actual section heading.
-    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-          \hangindent=\wd0  % zero if no section number
-          \unhbox0 #1}%
-  }%
-  % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
-  % Don't allow stretch, though.
-  \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
-  %
-  % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
-  % was followed by glue.
-  \nobreak
-  %
-  % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
-  % glue accumulate.  (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
-  % discardable item.)
-  \vskip-\parskip
-  % 
-  % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
-  % 10000.  This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
-  % section headings.  Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
-  % 
-  %   @section sec-whatever
-  %   @deffn def-whatever
-  \penalty 10001
-}
-
-
-\message{toc,}
-% Table of contents.
-\newwrite\tocfile
-
-% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.
-%
-% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
-% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
-% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
-% read this.  The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
-% destination to jump to.
-%
-% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
-% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
-% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything.  This is used for the
-% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
-%
-\newif\iftocfileopened
-\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
-%
-\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
-  \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
-  \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
-    \iftocfileopened\else
-      \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
-      \global\tocfileopenedtrue
-    \fi
-    %
-    \iflinks
-      {\atdummies
-       \edef\temp{%
-         \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
-       \temp
-      }%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
-  % writing pdf.  These are used in the table of contents.  We can't
-  % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
-  % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
-  % two pages of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named
-  % `1', and two named `2'.
-  \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
-}
-
-
-% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
-% fonts, so we must take special care.  This is more or less redundant
-% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
-% 
-\def\activecatcodes{%
-  \catcode`\"=\active
-  \catcode`\$=\active
-  \catcode`\<=\active
-  \catcode`\>=\active
-  \catcode`\\=\active
-  \catcode`\^=\active
-  \catcode`\_=\active
-  \catcode`\|=\active
-  \catcode`\~=\active
-}
-
-
-% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
-\def\readtocfile{%
-  \setupdatafile
-  \activecatcodes
-  \input \jobname.toc
-}
-
-\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
-\newcount\savepageno
-\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
-
-% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
-%
-\def\startcontents#1{%
-  % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
-  % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.  Thus, we maintain
-  % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
-  % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege at matematik.su.se>
-  \contentsalignmacro
-  \immediate\closeout\tocfile
-  %
-  % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
-  % It is abundantly clear what they are.
-  \def\thischapter{}%
-  \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
-  %
-  \savepageno = \pageno
-  \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
-    \raggedbottom              % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
-    \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
-    %
-    % Roman numerals for page numbers.
-    \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
-}
-
-
-% Normal (long) toc.
-\def\contents{%
-  \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
-    \openin 1 \jobname.toc
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \readtocfile
-    \fi
-    \vfill \eject
-    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \pdfmakeoutlines
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-  \endgroup
-  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-  \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-
-% And just the chapters.
-\def\summarycontents{%
-  \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
-    %
-    \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
-    \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
-    \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
-    % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
-    \secfonts
-    \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
-    \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
-    \rm
-    \hyphenpenalty = 10000
-    \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
-    \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
-    \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
-    \openin 1 \jobname.toc
-    \ifeof 1 \else
-      \readtocfile
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-    \vfill \eject
-    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-  \endgroup
-  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-  \global\pageno = \savepageno
-}
-\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-%
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
-  % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
-  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
-  % But use \hss just in case.
-  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
-  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
-  %
-  % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
-  % with appendix letters.  And right-justifying numbers and
-  % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
-  % chapters.  Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
-  % there are before deciding ...
-  \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
-}
-
-% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
-% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
-% The last argument is the page number.
-% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
-
-% Chapters, in the main contents.
-\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-%
-% Chapters, in the short toc.
-% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
-  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
-}
-
-% Appendices, in the main contents.
-% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
-%
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
-  % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
-  \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
-%
-\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-
-% Unnumbered chapters.
-\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
-\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
-
-% Sections.
-\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
-\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% Subsections.
-\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% And subsubsections.
-\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
-\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
-
-% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-% Same as \defaultparindent.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
-
-% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
-% page number.
-%
-% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
-% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
-\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
-   \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
-   \begingroup
-     \chapentryfonts
-     \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-   \endgroup
-   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
-}
-
-\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
-  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
-\endgroup}
-
-% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
-\let\tocentry = \entry
-
-% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
-\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
-
-\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
-
-\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
-\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
-
-
-\message{environments,}
-% @foo ... @end foo.
-
-% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
-%
-% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
-% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
-%
-\def\point{$\star$}
-\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
-\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
-\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
-\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
-
-% The @error{} command.
-% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
-%
-\newbox\errorbox
-%
-{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
-\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
-% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt}
-%
-\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
-   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
-   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
-   \vbox{%
-      \hrule height\dimen2
-      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
-         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
-         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
-      \hrule height\dimen2}
-    \hfil}
-%
-\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
-
-% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
-% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
-% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
-
-\envdef\tex{%
-  \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
-  \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
-  \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
-  \catcode `\%=14
-  \catcode `\+=\other
-  \catcode `\"=\other
-  \catcode `\|=\other
-  \catcode `\<=\other
-  \catcode `\>=\other
-  \escapechar=`\\
-  %
-  \let\b=\ptexb
-  \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
-  \let\c=\ptexc
-  \let\,=\ptexcomma
-  \let\.=\ptexdot
-  \let\dots=\ptexdots
-  \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
-  \let\!=\ptexexclam
-  \let\i=\ptexi
-  \let\indent=\ptexindent
-  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
-  \let\{=\ptexlbrace
-  \let\+=\tabalign
-  \let\}=\ptexrbrace
-  \let\/=\ptexslash
-  \let\*=\ptexstar
-  \let\t=\ptext
-  \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
-  %
-  \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
-  \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
-  \def\@{@}%
-}
-% There is no need to define \Etex.
-
-% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
-% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
-
-% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
-\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
-
-% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
-% such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
-% have any width.
-\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
-
-% This space is always present above and below environments.
-\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
-
-% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
-% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
-% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
-% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
-%
-\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
-  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
-  % \sectionheading, q.v.
-  \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
-    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
-    \endgraf
-    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
-      \removelastskip
-      % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
-      % or better ...
-      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
-      \vskip\envskipamount
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}}
-
-\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
-
-% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
-% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
-\let\nonarrowing=\relax
-
-% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
-% environment contents.
-\font\circle=lcircle10
-\newdimen\circthick
-\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
-\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
-\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
-%
-\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
-\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
-\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
-\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
-\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-        \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
-        \hskip\rskip}}
-\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
-        \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
-        \hskip\rskip}}
-%
-\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
-
-\envdef\cartouche{%
-  \ifhmode\par\fi  % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
-  \startsavinginserts
-  \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
-  \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
-  \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
-  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
-  \cartouter=\hsize
-  \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt	% allow for 3pt kerns on either
-				% side, and for 6pt waste from
-				% each corner char, and rule thickness
-  \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
-  % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \vbox\bgroup
-      \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
-      \carttop
-      \hbox\bgroup
-	  \hskip\lskip
-	  \vrule\kern3pt
-	  \vbox\bgroup
-	      \kern3pt
-	      \hsize=\cartinner
-	      \baselineskip=\normbskip
-	      \lineskip=\normlskip
-	      \parskip=\normpskip
-	      \vskip -\parskip
-	      \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
-}
-\def\Ecartouche{%
-              \ifhmode\par\fi
-	      \kern3pt
-	  \egroup
-	  \kern3pt\vrule
-	  \hskip\rskip
-      \egroup
-      \cartbot
-  \egroup
-  \checkinserts
-}
-
-
-% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
-% inside a group.
-\def\nonfillstart{%
-  \aboveenvbreak
-  \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
-  \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
-  \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
-  \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
-  \parskip = 0pt
-  \parindent = 0pt
-  \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
-  \else
-    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
-  \fi
-  \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-}
-
-% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
-% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
-% This affects the following displayed environments:
-%    @example, @display, @format, @lisp
-%
-\def\smallword{small}
-\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
-\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
-\def\setnormaldispenv{%
-  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
-    \smallexamplefonts \rm
-  \fi
-}
-\def\setsmalldispenv{%
-  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
-  \else
-    \smallexamplefonts \rm
-  \fi
-}
-
-% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
-% Let's do it by one command:
-\def\makedispenv #1#2{
-  \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
-  \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
-  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-  \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
-}
-
-% Define two synonyms:
-\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
-  \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
-  \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
-}
-
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
-%
-% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
-% Originally contributed by Pavel at xerox.
-%
-\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \tt\quoteexpand
-  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
-  \gobble       % eat return
-}
-% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
-%
-\makedispenv {display}{%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
-%
-\makedispenv{format}{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-
-% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
-\envdef\flushleft{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
-
-% @flushright.
-%
-\envdef\flushright{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
-  \gobble
-}
-\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.  We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
-% we're doing normal filling.  So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
-% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
-%
-\envdef\quotation{%
-  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
-  \parindent=0pt
-  %
-  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
-  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
-    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
-    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
-  \else
-    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
-  \fi
-  \parsearg\quotationlabel
-}
-
-% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-% doing normal filling.
-%
-\def\Equotation{%
-  \par
-  \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
-    % indent a bit.
-    \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
-  \fi
-  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
-}
-
-% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
-\def\quotationlabel#1{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \else
-    {\bf #1: }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-
-% LaTeX-like @verbatim... at end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
-% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
-% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
-% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke at gnu.org
-%
-% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
-%
-% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
-% active too.  Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
-% verbatim line.
-\def\dospecials{%
-  \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
-  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
-  \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
-}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 380
-\def\uncatcodespecials{%
-  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
-%
-% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
-% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
-\endgroup
-%
-% Setup for the @verb command.
-%
-% Eight spaces for a tab
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^I=\active
-  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\setupverb{%
-  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
-  \catcode`\`=\active
-  \tabeightspaces
-  % Respect line breaks,
-  % print special symbols as themselves, and
-  % make each space count
-  % must do in this order:
-  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-}
-
-% Setup for the @verbatim environment
-%
-% Real tab expansion
-\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
-%
-\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
-
-% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right
-% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote
-% from cmtt (char 0x0d).  The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it
-% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least
-% evince), the lilypond developers report.  xpdf does work with the
-% regular 0x27.  
-% 
-\def\codequoteright{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
-    '%
-  \else
-    \char'15
-  \fi
-}
-%
-% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
-% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
-% the code environments to do likewise.
-% 
-\def\codequoteleft{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
-    `%
-  \else
-    \char'22
-  \fi
-}
-%
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^I=\active
-  \gdef\tabexpand{%
-    \catcode`\^^I=\active
-    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
-      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
-      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
-      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
-      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
-      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
-    }%
-  }
-  \catcode`\'=\active
-  \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}%
-  %
-  \catcode`\`=\active
-  \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}%
-  %
-  \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}%
-\endgroup
-
-% start the verbatim environment.
-\def\setupverbatim{%
-  \let\nonarrowing = t%
-  \nonfillstart
-  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
-  \tt
-  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
-  \catcode`\`=\active
-  \tabexpand
-  \quoteexpand
-  % Respect line breaks,
-  % print special symbols as themselves, and
-  % make each space count
-  % must do in this order:
-  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
-  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
-}
-
-% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
-% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a
-% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
-%
-%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
-%
-% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
-  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
-\endgroup
-%
-\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
-%
-%
-% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
-% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
-%
-%     \def\doverbatim#1 at end verbatim{#1}
-%
-% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
-% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
-% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
-%
-% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%
-\begingroup
-  \catcode`\ =\active
-  \obeylines %
-  % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
-  % of the @verbatim input line itself.  Otherwise we get an extra blank
-  % line in the output.
-  \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2 at end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
-  % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
-  % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
-\endgroup
-%
-\envdef\verbatim{%
-    \setupverbatim\doverbatim
-}
-\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
-
-
-% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
-%
-\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
-%
-\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
-  {%
-    \makevalueexpandable
-    \setupverbatim
-    \input #1
-    \afterenvbreak
-  }%
-}
-
-% @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
-%
-% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
-% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
-% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
-% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
-% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
-% possible is very desirable.
-%
-\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
-\def\docopying#1 at end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
-%
-\def\insertcopying{%
-  \begingroup
-    \parindent = 0pt  % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
-    \scanexp\copyingtext
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-\message{defuns,}
-% @defun etc.
-
-\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
-\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
-\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-
-% Start the processing of @deffn:
-\def\startdefun{%
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
-    \medbreak
-  \else
-    % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
-    % which is there to keep the function description together with its
-    % header.  But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
-    % break somewhere.  Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
-    % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
-    % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
-    % a break between a section heading and a defun.
-    % 
-    \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
-    %
-    % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
-    % But do insert the glue.
-    \medskip  % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
-  \fi
-  %
-  \parindent=0in
-  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
-  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-}
-
-\def\dodefunx#1{%
-  % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
-  \checkenv#1%
-  %
-  % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
-  % It's not a great place, though.
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
-  %
-  % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
-  \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
-}
-\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
-
-% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
-%
-\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
-  \begingroup
-    % call \deffnheader:
-    #1#2 \endheader
-    % common ending:
-    \interlinepenalty = 10000
-    \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-    \endgraf
-    \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
-    \penalty 10002  % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
-    % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
-    % rendering the following check redundant.  But we don't optimize.
-    \checkparencounts
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
-
-% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
-% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
-%
-\def\makedefun#1{%
-  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
-  \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
-    \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
-  \temp
-}
-
-% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
-%
-% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
-% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
-%
-\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
-  \envdef#1{%
-    \startdefun
-    \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
-  }%
-  \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
-  \def#3%
-}
-
-%%% Untyped functions:
-
-% @deffn category name args
-\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
-
-% @deffn category class name args
-\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \defopon {category on}class name args
-\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
-%
-\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
-  % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
-  \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Typed functions:
-
-% @deftypefn category type name args
-\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypeop category class type name args
-\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
-
-% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
-\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
-%
-\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
-  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Typed variables:
-
-% @deftypevr category type var args
-\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
-
-% @deftypecv category class type var args
-\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
-\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
-
-% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
-%
-\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
-  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
-  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
-}
-
-%%% Untyped variables:
-
-% @defvr category var args
-\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
-
-% @defcv category class var args
-\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
-
-% \defcvof {category of}class var args
-\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
-
-%%% Type:
-% @deftp category name args
-\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
-  \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
-  \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
-}
-
-% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
-\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
-\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
-\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
-\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
-\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
-\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
-\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
-
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
-% #2 is the return type, if any.
-% #3 is the function name.
-%
-% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
-%
-\def\defname#1#2#3{%
-  % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
-  \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-  %
-  % How we'll format the type name.  Putting it in brackets helps
-  % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
-  % just below it.
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
-  %
-  % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
-  % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
-  % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
-  \dimen0=\hsize  \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0  \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
-  % The continuations:
-  \dimen2=\hsize  \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
-  % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
-  \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
-  %
-  % Put the type name to the right margin.
-  \noindent
-  \hbox to 0pt{%
-    \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
-    % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
-    \kern\leftskip
-    % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
-  }%
-  %
-  % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
-  \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
-  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-  {%
-    % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
-    % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
-    % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
-    %   common to leave accents off identifiers.  The result looks ok in
-    %   tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
-    % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
-    % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
-    %   one has made identifiers using them :).
-    \df \tt
-    \def\temp{#2}% return value type
-    \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
-    #3% output function name
-  }%
-  {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
-  %
-  \boldbrax
-  % arguments will be output next, if any.
-}
-
-% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
-% tt for the name.  This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
-% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
-% distinguishable.  Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
-%
-\def\defunargs#1{%
-  % use sl by default (not ttsl),
-  % tt for the names.
-  \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
-  %
-  % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
-  % want a way to get ttsl.  Let's try @var for that.
-  \let\var=\ttslanted
-  #1%
-  \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
-}
-
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
-  \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
-  \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
-  \catcode`\&=\active
-}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-{
-  \activeparens
-  \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-  \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-  \global\let& = \&
-
-  \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-  \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
-}
-
-\newcount\parencount
-
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\newif\ifampseen
-\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\&#1 }}
-
-\def\parenfont{%
-  \ifampseen
-    % At the first level, print parens in roman,
-    % otherwise use the default font.
-    \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
-  \else
-    % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
-    % the contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ] .
-    \sf
-  \fi
-}
-\def\infirstlevel#1{%
-  \ifampseen
-    \ifnum\parencount=1
-      #1%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-}
-\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
-
-\def\opnr{%
-  \global\advance\parencount by 1
-  {\parenfont(}%
-  \infirstlevel \bfafterword
-}
-\def\clnr{%
-  {\parenfont)}%
-  \infirstlevel \sl
-  \global\advance\parencount by -1
-}
-
-\newcount\brackcount
-\def\lbrb{%
-  \global\advance\brackcount by 1
-  {\bf[}%
-}
-\def\rbrb{%
-  {\bf]}%
-  \global\advance\brackcount by -1
-}
-
-\def\checkparencounts{%
-  \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
-  \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
-}
-\def\badparencount{%
-  \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
-  \global\parencount=0
-}
-\def\badbrackcount{%
-  \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
-  \global\brackcount=0
-}
-
-
-\message{macros,}
-% @macro.
-
-% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
-% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
-\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
-  \newwrite\macscribble
-  \def\scantokens#1{%
-    \toks0={#1}%
-    \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
-    \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
-    \immediate\closeout\macscribble
-    \input \jobname.tmp
-  }
-\fi
-
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
-  \begingroup
-    \newlinechar`\^^M
-    \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
-    % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-    % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
-    % backslash to get it printed correctly.  Previously, we had
-    % \catcode`\\=\other instead.  We'll see whether a problem appears
-    % with macro expansion.				--kasal, 19aug04
-    \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
-    % ... and \example
-    \spaceisspace
-    %
-    % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
-    % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
-    %							--kasal, 29nov03
-    \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
-  \endgroup
-}
-
-\def\scanexp#1{%
-  \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
-  \temp
-}
-
-\newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
-\newtoks\macname    % Macro name
-\newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
-
-% List of all defined macros in the form
-%    \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
-% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
-% if there is a need.
-\def\macrolist{}
-
-% Add the macro to \macrolist
-\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
-\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
-     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
-     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
-}
-
-% Utility routines.
-% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
-%   \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
-% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
-% 
-\def\cslet#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\let
-  \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
-  \csname#2\endcsname
-}
-
-% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
-% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
-\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
-\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
-\def\unbrace#1{#1}
-\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
-}
-
-% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
-{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
-\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
-\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
-\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
-}
-
-% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
-% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
-% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
-
-% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
-% done by  making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
-% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
-
-\def\scanctxt{%
-  \catcode`\"=\other
-  \catcode`\+=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\@=\other
-  \catcode`\^=\other
-  \catcode`\_=\other
-  \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-}
-
-\def\scanargctxt{%
-  \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  \catcode`\^^M=\other
-}
-
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
-  \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\{=\other
-  \catcode`\}=\other
-  \catcode`\^^M=\other
-  \usembodybackslash
-}
-
-\def\macroargctxt{%
-  \scanctxt
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-}
-
-% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
-% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
-% where N is the macro parameter number.
-% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
-% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
-
-{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
- @gdef at usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
- @gdef at mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1 at endcsname}
-}
-\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
-
-\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
-\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
-
-\def\macroxxx#1{%
-  \getargs{#1}%           now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
-  \ifx\argl\empty       % no arguments
-     \paramno=0%
-  \else
-     \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
-  \fi
-  \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
-     \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
-  \else
-     \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
-     \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
-     \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
-     \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
-     \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
-  \fi
-  \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
-  \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
-  \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
-  \fi}
-
-\parseargdef\unmacro{%
-  \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
-    \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
-    \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
-    % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
-    \begingroup
-      \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
-      \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
-      \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
-    \endgroup
-  \else
-    \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro.  The idea is to omit any
-% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
-%
-\def\unmacrodo#1{%
-  \ifx #1\relax
-    % remove this
-  \else
-    \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
-% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
-% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
-\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
-\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
-\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
-\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
-
-% Parse the optional {params} list.  Set up \paramno and \paramlist
-% so \defmacro knows what to do.  Define \macarg.blah for each blah
-% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
-% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
-
-% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
-% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX:  let \hash be something
-% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
-% it to # just before using the token list produced.
-%
-% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
-% the macro is used.
-
-\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
-        \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
-\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
-  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
-  \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
-    \advance\paramno by 1%
-    \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
-        {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
-    \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
-  \fi\next}
-
-% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
-% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
-
-\long\def\parsemacbody#1 at end macro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-\long\def\parsermacbody#1 at end rmacro%
-{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
-
-% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
-% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
-% Much magic with \expandafter here.
-% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
-% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
-\def\defmacro{%
-  \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
-  \ifrecursive
-    \ifcase\paramno
-    % 0
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \or % 1
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\braceorline
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
-         \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \else % many
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
-          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-      \expandafter\xdef
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-        \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
-          \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \ifcase\paramno
-    % 0
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-    \or % 1
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \noexpand\braceorline
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
-        \egroup
-        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-    \else % many
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
-         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
-         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
-      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
-          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-      \expandafter\xdef
-      \expandafter\expandafter
-      \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
-      \paramlist{%
-          \egroup
-          \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
-          \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
-    \fi
-  \fi}
-
-\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
-
-% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
-% {.  If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
-% line.  Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
-% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
-\def\braceorlinexxx{%
-  \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
-    \expandafter\parsearg
-  \fi \macnamexxx}
-
-
-% @alias.
-% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
-% sign.  Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
-\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
-  {%
-    \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
-    \addtomacrolist{#1}%
-    \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
-  }%
-  \next
-}
-
-
-\message{cross references,}
-
-\newwrite\auxfile
-
-\newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
-\newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
-
-% @inforef is relatively simple.
-\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
-\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
-  node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
-
-% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
-% cross-references.  The @node line might or might not have commas, and
-% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
-% @node foo , bar , ...
-% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
-%
-\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
-%
-% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
-% @node Help-Cross,  ,  , Cross-refs
-\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
-
-\let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\empty
-
-% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node.  #1 is the
-% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
-%
-\def\donoderef#1{%
-  \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
-    \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
-    \global\let\lastnode=\empty
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
-%
-\newcount\savesfregister
-%
-\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
-
-% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
-% anchor), which consists of three parts:
-% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
-%                 or the anchor name.
-% 2) NAME-snt   - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
-%                 empty for anchors.
-% 3) NAME-pg    - the page number.
-%
-% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat.  In the case of
-% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
-% 4) NAME-lof   - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{%
-  \pdfmkdest{#1}%
-  \iflinks
-    {%
-      \atdummies  % preserve commands, but don't expand them
-      \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
-	\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
-	  ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
-      }%
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
-      \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
-      \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
-      \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
-    }%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
-% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
-% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
-% manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
-%
-\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
-\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
-  \unsepspaces
-  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
-  \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
-  \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
-    % No printed node name was explicitly given.
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
-      % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
-      \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-    \else
-      % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
-      % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
-      \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
-        \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-      \else
-        \ifhavexrefs
-          % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
-          \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
-        \else
-          % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
-          \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
-        \fi%
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Make link in pdf output.
-  \ifpdf
-    \leavevmode
-    \getfilename{#4}%
-    {\turnoffactive
-     % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
-     {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
-      \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
-     %
-     \ifnum\filenamelength>0
-       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-         goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
-     \else
-       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-         goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
-     \fi
-    }%
-    \linkcolor
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
-  % instead of "[somenode], p.3".  We distinguish them by the
-  % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
-  {%
-    % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
-    % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
-      \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
-  }%
-  \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
-    % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
-    % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
-    \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
-      \refx{#1-snt}{}%
-    \else
-      \printedrefname
-    \fi
-    %
-    % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
-    % "in MANUALNAME".
-    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-      \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % node/anchor (non-float) references.
-    %
-    % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
-    % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
-    % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
-    % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
-    % is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
-    % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
-    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-      \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-    \else
-      % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
-      % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
-      % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
-      % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
-      % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
-      {\turnoffactive
-       % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
-       % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
-       \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
-       \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
-      }%
-      % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
-      \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
-      %
-      % But we always want a comma and a space:
-      ,\space
-      %
-      % output the `page 3'.
-      \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
-    \fi
-  \fi
-  \endlink
-\endgroup}
-
-% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
-% output.  It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since square brackets don't work well in some documents.  Particularly
-% one that Bob is working on :).
-%
-\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
-
-% Things referred to by \setref.
-%
-\def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
-\def\Ynumbered{%
-  \ifnum\secno=0
-    \putwordChapter at tie \the\chapno
-  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
-    \putwordSection at tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
-  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
-    \putwordSection at tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-  \else
-    \putwordSection at tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-\def\Yappendix{%
-  \ifnum\secno=0
-     \putwordAppendix at tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
-  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
-     \putwordSection at tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
-  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
-    \putwordSection at tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
-  \else
-    \putwordSection at tie
-      @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
-  \fi\fi\fi
-}
-
-% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
-% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
-%
-\def\refx#1#2{%
-  {%
-    \indexnofonts
-    \otherbackslash
-    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
-      \csname XR#1\endcsname
-  }%
-  \ifx\thisrefX\relax
-    % If not defined, say something at least.
-    \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
-    \iflinks
-      \ifhavexrefs
-        \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
-      \else
-        \ifwarnedxrefs\else
-          \global\warnedxrefstrue
-          \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
-        \fi
-      \fi
-    \fi
-  \else
-    % It's defined, so just use it.
-    \thisrefX
-  \fi
-  #2% Output the suffix in any case.
-}
-
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Usually it's
-% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
-% collisions).  But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
-%
-\def\xrdef#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
-  %
-  % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
-  \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
-    % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
-    \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
-      \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
-    %
-    % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
-    \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
-      \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
-    \else
-      % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
-      \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
-    % for later use in \listoffloats.
-    \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
-%
-\def\tryauxfile{%
-  \openin 1 \jobname.aux
-  \ifeof 1 \else
-    \readdatafile{aux}%
-    \global\havexrefstrue
-  \fi
-  \closein 1
-}
-
-\def\setupdatafile{%
-  \catcode`\^^@=\other
-  \catcode`\^^A=\other
-  \catcode`\^^B=\other
-  \catcode`\^^C=\other
-  \catcode`\^^D=\other
-  \catcode`\^^E=\other
-  \catcode`\^^F=\other
-  \catcode`\^^G=\other
-  \catcode`\^^H=\other
-  \catcode`\^^K=\other
-  \catcode`\^^L=\other
-  \catcode`\^^N=\other
-  \catcode`\^^P=\other
-  \catcode`\^^Q=\other
-  \catcode`\^^R=\other
-  \catcode`\^^S=\other
-  \catcode`\^^T=\other
-  \catcode`\^^U=\other
-  \catcode`\^^V=\other
-  \catcode`\^^W=\other
-  \catcode`\^^X=\other
-  \catcode`\^^Z=\other
-  \catcode`\^^[=\other
-  \catcode`\^^\=\other
-  \catcode`\^^]=\other
-  \catcode`\^^^=\other
-  \catcode`\^^_=\other
-  % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
-  % in xref tags, i.e., node names.  But since ^^e4 notation isn't
-  % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable.  Furthermore,
-  % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
-  % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
-  % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
-  % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence.  It could
-  % all be worked out, but why?  Either we support ^^ or we don't.
-  %
-  % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
-  % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
-  % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
-  %
-  \catcode`\^=\other
-  %
-  % Special characters.  Should be turned off anyway, but...
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \catcode`\[=\other
-  \catcode`\]=\other
-  \catcode`\"=\other
-  \catcode`\_=\other
-  \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\$=\other
-  \catcode`\#=\other
-  \catcode`\&=\other
-  \catcode`\%=\other
-  \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
-  %
-  % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
-  % characters end up in a \csname.  It's easier than
-  % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
-  % character.  What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
-  % of the xrdef.  Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
-  % should not typeset properly.  But it works, so I'm moving on for
-  % now.  --karl, 15jan04.
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  %
-  % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
-  {%
-    \count1=128
-    \def\loop{%
-      \catcode\count1=\other
-      \advance\count1 by 1
-      \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
-    }%
-  }%
-  %
-  % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
-  \catcode`\{=1
-  \catcode`\}=2
-  \catcode`\@=0
-}
-
-\def\readdatafile#1{%
-\begingroup
-  \setupdatafile
-  \input\jobname.#1
-\endgroup}
-
-\message{insertions,}
-% including footnotes.
-
-\newcount \footnoteno
-
-% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
-% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
-% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
-% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
-% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
-\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
-
-% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
-\let\footnotestyle=\comment
-
-{\catcode `\@=11
-%
-% Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
-\gdef\footnote{%
-  \let\indent=\ptexindent
-  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
-  \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
-  \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
-  %
-  % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
-  % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
-  \let\@sf\empty
-  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
-  %
-  % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
-  \unskip
-  \thisfootno\@sf
-  \dofootnote
-}%
-
-% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
-% footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
-%
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
-% the footnote is read.  --karl, 16nov96.
-%
-\gdef\dofootnote{%
-  \insert\footins\bgroup
-  % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
-  % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
-  % So reset some parameters.
-  \hsize=\pagewidth
-  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
-  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
-  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
-  \floatingpenalty\@MM
-  \leftskip\z at skip
-  \rightskip\z at skip
-  \spaceskip\z at skip
-  \xspaceskip\z at skip
-  \parindent\defaultparindent
-  %
-  \smallfonts \rm
-  %
-  % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
-  % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op.  makeinfo does not use
-  % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
-  % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
-  \let\noindent = \relax
-  %
-  % Hang the footnote text off the number.  Use \everypar in case the
-  % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
-  \everypar = {\hang}%
-  \textindent{\thisfootno}%
-  %
-  % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
-  % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
-  % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
-  \footstrut
-  \futurelet\next\fo at t
-}
-}%end \catcode `\@=11
-
-% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
-% the real \insert just after the vbox finished.  Otherwise, the insertion
-% would be lost.
-% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
-% And the same can be done for other insert classes.  --kasal, 16nov03.
-
-% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
-% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
-% out prematurely.
-%
-\def\startsavinginserts{%
-  \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
-    \let\insert\saveinsert
-  \else
-    \let\checkinserts\relax
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
-% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
-%
-\def\saveinsert#1{%
-  \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
-  \afterassignment\next
-  % swallow the left brace
-  \let\temp =
-}
-\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
-\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
-
-\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
-
-\def\placesaveins#1{%
-  \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
-    {\box#1}%
-}
-
-% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
-{
-  \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials  %  ;-)
-  \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
-}
-
-% initialization:
-\def\newsaveins #1{%
-  \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
-  \next
-}
-\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
-  \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
-    \checksaveins #1}%
-}
-
-% initialize:
-\let\checkinserts\empty
-\newsaveins\footins
-\newsaveins\margin
-
-
-% @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
-% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
-%
-% Check for and read epsf.tex up front.  If we read it only at @image
-% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
-% undone and the next image would fail.
-\openin 1 = epsf.tex
-\ifeof 1 \else
-  % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
-  % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
-  \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
-  \input epsf.tex
-\fi
-\closein 1
-%
-% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
-\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
-\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
-  work.  It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
-  it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
-%
-\def\image#1{%
-  \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
-    \ifwarnednoepsf \else
-      \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
-      \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
-      \global\warnednoepsftrue
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
-  \fi
-}
-%
-% Arguments to @image:
-% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
-% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
-% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
-% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
-% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
-\newif\ifimagevmode
-\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
-  \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
-  \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
-  % If the image is by itself, center it.
-  \ifvmode
-    \imagevmodetrue
-    \nobreak\bigskip
-    % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
-    % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
-    % above and below.
-    \nobreak\vskip\parskip
-    \nobreak
-    \line\bgroup
-  \fi
-  %
-  % Output the image.
-  \ifpdf
-    \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \else
-    % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
-    \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
-  \fi
-  %
-  \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi  % space after the image
-\endgroup}
-
-
-% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
-% etc.  We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
-% float "here".  But it seemed the best name for the future.
-%
-\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
-
-% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
-\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
-
-% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
-% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc.  Can't contain commas.  If omitted,
-% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
-%
-% #2 is the optional xref label.  Also must be present for the float to
-% be referable.
-%
-% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored.  It
-% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
-%
-% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
-% chapter-level command.
-\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
-%
-\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
-  \let\thiscaption=\empty
-  \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
-  %
-  % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
-  %
-  % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
-  % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
-  %
-  \startsavinginserts
-  %
-  % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
-  \par
-  %
-  \vtop\bgroup
-    \def\floattype{#1}%
-    \def\floatlabel{#2}%
-    \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
-    %
-    \ifx\floattype\empty
-      \let\safefloattype=\empty
-    \else
-      {%
-        % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-        % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-        \indexnofonts
-        \turnoffactive
-        \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
-      % Table 1, Figure 2, ...).  (And if no label, no number.)
-      %
-      \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
-      \global\advance\floatno by 1
-      %
-      {%
-        % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
-        % XREFLABEL-title value.  \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
-        % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
-        % node and anchor labels.  And \xrdef uses it to construct the
-        % lists of floats.
-        %
-        \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
-        \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
-    \vskip\parskip
-    %
-    % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
-    \restorefirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% we have these possibilities:
-% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
-% @float Foo,lbl & no caption:    Foo 1.1
-% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}:     Foo: Cap
-% @float Foo & no caption:        Foo
-% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}:     1.1: Cap
-% @float ,lbl & no caption:       1.1
-% @float & @caption{Cap}:         Cap
-% @float & no caption:
-%
-\def\Efloat{%
-    \let\floatident = \empty
-    %
-    % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
-    \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
-    %
-    % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
-        \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
-      \fi
-      % the number.
-      \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
-    % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
-    \let\captionline = \floatident
-    %
-    \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
-      \ifx\floatident\empty \else
-	\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
-      \fi
-      %
-      % caption text.
-      \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
-    % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
-    \ifx\captionline\empty \else
-      \vskip.5\parskip
-      \captionline
-      %
-      % Space below caption.
-      \vskip\parskip
-    \fi
-    %
-    % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info.  Do this
-    % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
-    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
-      % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
-      % \floatlabel-lof.  Besides \floatident, we include the short
-      % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
-      {%
-        \atdummies
-        %
-        % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
-        % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
-        % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
-	\scanexp{%
-	  \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
-	    \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
-	      \thiscaption
-	    \else
-	      \thisshortcaption
-	    \fi
-	  }%
-	}%
-        \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
-	  \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
-      }%
-    \fi
-  \egroup  % end of \vtop
-  %
-  % place the captured inserts
-  %
-  % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
-  % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
-  % float. --kasal, 26may04
-  %
-  \checkinserts
-}
-
-% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
-%
-\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
-  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
-}
-
-% @caption, @shortcaption
-%
-\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
-\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
-\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
-\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
-
-% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
-% going to use.  Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
-\def\getfloatno#1{%
-  \ifx#1\relax
-      % Haven't seen this figure type before.
-      \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
-      %
-      % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
-      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
-        \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
-  \fi
-  \let\floatno#1%
-}
-
-% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value.  We want an @xref
-% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1".  We call \setref when we
-% first read the @float command.
-%
-\def\Yfloat{\floattype at tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
-
-% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
-% distinguish floats from other xref types.
-\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
-
-% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
-% which is true if #1 represents a float ref.  That is, the magic
-% \thissection value which we \setref above.
-%
-\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
-%
-% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string.  If so, #2 will be the
-% (safe) float type for this float.  We set \iffloattype to #2.
-%
-\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
-  \def\temp{#1}%
-  \def\iffloattype{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\floatmagic
-}
-
-% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
-%
-\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
-  \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
-  {%
-    % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
-    % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
-    \indexnofonts
-    \turnoffactive
-    \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
-  }%
-  %
-  % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
-    \ifhavexrefs
-      % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
-      \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
-    \fi
-  \else
-    \begingroup
-      \leftskip=\tocindent  % indent these entries like a toc
-      \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
-      \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
-    \endgroup
-  \fi
-}
-
-% This is called on each entry in a list of floats.  We're passed the
-% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
-% aux file.  We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
-% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
-%
-% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
-% they won't appear in the aux file).
-%
-\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
-\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
-  % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything.  Just
-  % pass the control sequence.  On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
-  % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
-  % in pdf output.
-  \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
-  %
-  % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
-  \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
-  \writeentry
-}}
-
-\message{localization,}
-% and i18n.
-
-% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
-% @setfilename.  If done too late, it may not override everything
-% properly.  Single argument is the language abbreviation.
-% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
-%
-\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
-  \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
-    % Read the file if it exists.
-    \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-    \ifeof 1
-      \errhelp = \nolanghelp
-      \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
-    \else
-      \input txi-#1.tex
-    \fi
-    \closein 1
-  \endgroup
-}
-\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
-is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  In the current directory
-should work if nowhere else does.}
-
-
-% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
-% likely, but for now just recognize it.
-\let\documentencoding = \comment
-
-
-% Page size parameters.
-%
-\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
-
-\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
-\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
-\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
-
-% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
-\vbadness = 10000
-
-% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
-\hbadness = 2000
-
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
-\widowpenalty=10000
-\clubpenalty=10000
-
-% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
-% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
-% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
-% \hsize.  We call this whenever the paper size is set.
-%
-\def\setemergencystretch{%
-  \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
-    % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
-    \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
-  \else
-    \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
-  \fi
-}
-
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
-% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
-% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
-%
-% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
-% \textleading.  The caller should also set \parskip.
-%
-\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
-  \voffset = #3\relax
-  \topskip = #6\relax
-  \splittopskip = \topskip
-  %
-  \vsize = #1\relax
-  \advance\vsize by \topskip
-  \outervsize = \vsize
-  \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
-  \pageheight = \vsize
-  %
-  \hsize = #2\relax
-  \outerhsize = \hsize
-  \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
-  \pagewidth = \hsize
-  %
-  \normaloffset = #4\relax
-  \bindingoffset = #5\relax
-  %
-  \ifpdf
-    \pdfpageheight #7\relax
-    \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
-  \fi
-  %
-  \setleading{\textleading}
-  %
-  \parindent = \defaultparindent
-  \setemergencystretch
-}
-
-% @letterpaper (the default).
-\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \textleading = 13.2pt
-  %
-  % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
-  \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
-                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
-                    {11in}{8.5in}%
-}}
-
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
-\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
-  \textleading = 12pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
-                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
-                    {9.25in}{7in}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = .5cm
-}}
-
-% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
-% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
-\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
-  \textleading = 12pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
-                    {-.2in}{-.4in}%
-                    {0pt}{14pt}%
-                    {9in}{6in}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = .4cm
-}}
-
-% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
-\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \textleading = 13.2pt
-  %
-  % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
-  % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
-  % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
-  % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align.  Then
-  % do the same for \bindingoffset.  You can set these for testing in
-  % your texinfo source file like this:
-  % @tex
-  % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
-  % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
-  % @end tex
-  \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
-                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  %
-  \tolerance = 700
-  \hfuzz = 1pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = 5mm
-}}
-
-% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
-% From romildo at urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
-% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
-\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
-  \textleading = 12.5pt
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
-                    {210mm}{148mm}%
-  %
-  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
-  \tolerance = 800
-  \hfuzz = 1.2pt
-  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
-  \defbodyindent = 2mm
-  \tableindent = 12mm
-}}
-
-% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
-\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \afourpaper
-  \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  %
-  % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
-  \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
-\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
-  \afourpaper
-  \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
-                    {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
-                    {297mm}{210mm}%
-  \globaldefs = 0
-}}
-
-% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
-% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
-% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
-%
-\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
-\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
-  \globaldefs = 1
-  %
-  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
-  \setleading{\textleading}%
-  %
-  \dimen0 = #1
-  \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
-  %
-  \dimen2 = \hsize
-  \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
-  %
-  \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
-                    {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
-                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
-                    {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
-}}
-
-% Set default to letter.
-%
-\letterpaper
-
-
-\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
-
-% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
-\catcode`\"=\other
-\catcode`\~=\other
-\catcode`\^=\other
-\catcode`\_=\other
-\catcode`\|=\other
-\catcode`\<=\other
-\catcode`\>=\other
-\catcode`\+=\other
-\catcode`\$=\other
-\def\normaldoublequote{"}
-\def\normaltilde{~}
-\def\normalcaret{^}
-\def\normalunderscore{_}
-\def\normalverticalbar{|}
-\def\normalless{<}
-\def\normalgreater{>}
-\def\normalplus{+}
-\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
-% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
-% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
-%
-% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
-% otherwise.  Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
-% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
-% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
-%
-\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Same as above, but check for italic font.  Actually this also catches
-% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
-% italic fonts.  But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
-% this is not a problem.
-\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
-
-% Turn off all special characters except @
-% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
-% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
-% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
-
-\catcode`\"=\active
-\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
-\let"=\activedoublequote
-\catcode`\~=\active
-\def~{{\tt\char126}}
-\chardef\hat=`\^
-\catcode`\^=\active
-\def^{{\tt \hat}}
-
-\catcode`\_=\active
-\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
-\let\realunder=_
-% Subroutine for the previous macro.
-\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
-
-\catcode`\|=\active
-\def|{{\tt\char124}}
-\chardef \less=`\<
-\catcode`\<=\active
-\def<{{\tt \less}}
-\chardef \gtr=`\>
-\catcode`\>=\active
-\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
-\catcode`\+=\active
-\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
-\catcode`\$=\active
-\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
-% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
-% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
-% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
-\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
-
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
-% parsing them.
-\def\turnoffactive{%
-  \normalturnoffactive
-  \otherbackslash
-}
-
-\catcode`\@=0
-
-% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
-% as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
-\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont  % let existing .??s files work
-
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
-% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef at realbackslash{\} @gdef at doublebackslash{\\}}
-
-% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
-% in fixed width font.
-\catcode`\\=\active
- at def@normalbackslash{{@tt at backslashcurfont}}
-% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
-%  @let \ = @normalbackslash
-
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
- at gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
- at gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'.
-% 
- at def@normalturnoffactive{%
-  @let\=@normalbackslash
-  @let"=@normaldoublequote
-  @let~=@normaltilde
-  @let^=@normalcaret
-  @let_=@normalunderscore
-  @let|=@normalverticalbar
-  @let<=@normalless
-  @let>=@normalgreater
-  @let+=@normalplus
-  @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
-  @unsepspaces
-}
-
-% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
-% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
- at otherifyactive
-
-% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
-% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
-% a backslash.
-%
- at gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
- at global@let\ = @eatinput
-
-% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
-% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
-% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
-%
- at gdef@fixbackslash{%
-  @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
-  @catcode`+=@active
-  @catcode`@_=@active
-}
-
-% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
- at escapechar = `@@
-
-% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
- at catcode`@& = @other
- at catcode`@# = @other
- at catcode`@% = @other
-
-
- at c Local variables:
- at c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
- at c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
- at c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
- at c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
- at c time-stamp-end: "}"
- at c End:
-
- at c vim:sw=2:
-
- at ignore
-   arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
- at end ignore
diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh
deleted file mode 100755
index 6781b98..0000000
--- a/install-sh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,520 +0,0 @@
-#!/bin/sh
-# install - install a program, script, or datafile
-
-scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC
-
-# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
-# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
-# following copyright and license.
-#
-# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
-#
-# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
-# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
-# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
-# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
-# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
-# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
-#
-# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
-# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
-#
-# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
-# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
-# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
-# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
-# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
-# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-#
-# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
-# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
-# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
-# tium.
-#
-#
-# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
-#
-# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
-# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
-# when there is no Makefile.
-#
-# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-
-# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
-
-# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit=${DOITPROG-}
-if test -z "$doit"; then
-  doit_exec=exec
-else
-  doit_exec=$doit
-fi
-
-# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
-# or use environment vars.
-
-chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
-chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
-chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
-cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
-cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
-mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
-mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
-rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
-stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
-
-posix_glob='?'
-initialize_posix_glob='
-  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
-    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
-      posix_glob=
-    else
-      posix_glob=:
-    fi
-  }
-'
-
-posix_mkdir=
-
-# Desired mode of installed file.
-mode=0755
-
-chgrpcmd=
-chmodcmd=$chmodprog
-chowncmd=
-mvcmd=$mvprog
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-stripcmd=
-
-src=
-dst=
-dir_arg=
-dst_arg=
-
-copy_on_change=false
-no_target_directory=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
-   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
-
-In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
-In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
-In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
-
-Options:
-     --help     display this help and exit.
-     --version  display version info and exit.
-
-  -c            (ignored)
-  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
-  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
-  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
-  -s            $stripprog installed files.
-  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
-  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
-
-Environment variables override the default commands:
-  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
-  RMPROG STRIPPROG
-"
-
-while test $# -ne 0; do
-  case $1 in
-    -c) ;;
-
-    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
-
-    -d) dir_arg=true;;
-
-    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-
-    -m) mode=$2
-	case $mode in
-	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
-'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
-	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
-	    exit 1;;
-	esac
-	shift;;
-
-    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	shift;;
-
-    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-
-    -t) dst_arg=$2
-	shift;;
-
-    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
-
-    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
-
-    --)	shift
-	break;;
-
-    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
-	exit 1;;
-
-    *)  break;;
-  esac
-  shift
-done
-
-if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
-  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
-  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
-  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
-  for arg
-  do
-    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
-      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
-      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
-      shift # fnord
-    fi
-    shift # arg
-    dst_arg=$arg
-  done
-fi
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
-    exit 1
-  fi
-  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
-  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
-  exit 0
-fi
-
-if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
-  trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
-
-  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
-  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
-  case $mode in
-    # Optimize common cases.
-    *644) cp_umask=133;;
-    *755) cp_umask=22;;
-
-    *[0-7])
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw='% 200'
-      fi
-      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
-    *)
-      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
-	u_plus_rw=
-      else
-	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
-      fi
-      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
-  esac
-fi
-
-for src
-do
-  # Protect names starting with `-'.
-  case $src in
-    -*) src=./$src;;
-  esac
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    dst=$src
-    dstdir=$dst
-    test -d "$dstdir"
-    dstdir_status=$?
-  else
-
-    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
-    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
-      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
-      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
-      exit 1
-    fi
-
-    dst=$dst_arg
-    # Protect names starting with `-'.
-    case $dst in
-      -*) dst=./$dst;;
-    esac
-
-    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
-    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
-    if test -d "$dst"; then
-      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
-	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
-	exit 1
-      fi
-      dstdir=$dst
-      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
-      dstdir_status=0
-    else
-      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
-      dstdir=`
-	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
-	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
-	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
-	echo X"$dst" |
-	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
-		   s//\1/
-		   q
-		 }
-		 s/.*/./; q'
-      `
-
-      test -d "$dstdir"
-      dstdir_status=$?
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
-
-  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
-    case $posix_mkdir in
-      '')
-	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
-	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
-	umask=`umask`
-	case $stripcmd.$umask in
-	  # Optimize common cases.
-	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
-	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
-
-	  *[0-7])
-	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
-	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
-	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
-	    `;;
-	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
-	esac
-
-	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
-	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
-	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
-	else
-	  mkdir_mode=
-	fi
-
-	posix_mkdir=false
-	case $umask in
-	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
-	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
-	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
-	    ;;
-	  *)
-	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
-	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
-
-	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
-		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
-	    then
-	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
-		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
-		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
-		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
-		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
-		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
-		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
-		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
-		     *) false;;
-		   esac &&
-		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
-		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
-		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
-		   }
-		 }
-	      then posix_mkdir=:
-	      fi
-	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
-	    else
-	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
-	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
-	    fi
-	    trap '' 0;;
-	esac;;
-    esac
-
-    if
-      $posix_mkdir && (
-	umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
-      )
-    then :
-    else
-
-      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
-      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
-      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
-
-      case $dstdir in
-	/*) prefix='/';;
-	-*) prefix='./';;
-	*)  prefix='';;
-      esac
-
-      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
-
-      oIFS=$IFS
-      IFS=/
-      $posix_glob set -f
-      set fnord $dstdir
-      shift
-      $posix_glob set +f
-      IFS=$oIFS
-
-      prefixes=
-
-      for d
-      do
-	test -z "$d" && continue
-
-	prefix=$prefix$d
-	if test -d "$prefix"; then
-	  prefixes=
-	else
-	  if $posix_mkdir; then
-	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
-	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
-	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
-	  else
-	    case $prefix in
-	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
-	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
-	    esac
-	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
-	  fi
-	fi
-	prefix=$prefix/
-      done
-
-      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
-	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
-	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
-	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
-	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
-	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
-      fi
-    fi
-  fi
-
-  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
-    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
-      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
-  else
-
-    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
-    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
-    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
-
-    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
-    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
-
-    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
-    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
-
-    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
-    #
-    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
-    #
-    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
-    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
-
-    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
-    if $copy_on_change &&
-       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
-       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
-
-       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
-       $posix_glob set -f &&
-       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
-       $posix_glob set +f &&
-
-       test "$old" = "$new" &&
-       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
-    then
-      rm -f "$dsttmp"
-    else
-      # Rename the file to the real destination.
-      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-
-      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
-      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
-      # support -f.
-      {
-	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
-	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
-	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
-	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
-	# file should still install successfully.
-	{
-	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
-	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
-	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
-	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
-	  } ||
-	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
-	    (exit 1); exit 1
-	  }
-	} &&
-
-	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
-      }
-    fi || exit 1
-
-    trap '' 0
-  fi
-done
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
-# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
-# End:
diff --git a/missing b/missing
deleted file mode 100755
index 894e786..0000000
--- a/missing
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,360 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
-
-scriptversion=2005-06-08.21
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
-#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard at iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
-# 02110-1301, USA.
-
-# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
-# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
-# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
-# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
-
-if test $# -eq 0; then
-  echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-  exit 1
-fi
-
-run=:
-
-# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
-# srcdir already.
-if test -f configure.ac; then
-  configure_ac=configure.ac
-else
-  configure_ac=configure.in
-fi
-
-msg="missing on your system"
-
-case "$1" in
---run)
-  # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
-  run=
-  shift
-  "$@" && exit 0
-  # Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens
-  # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
-  # a file that requires a minimum version.  In this case we
-  # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
-  # if --run hadn't been passed.
-  if test $? = 63; then
-    run=:
-    msg="probably too old"
-  fi
-  ;;
-
-  -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
-    echo "\
-$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
-
-Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an
-error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM.
-
-Options:
-  -h, --help      display this help and exit
-  -v, --version   output version information and exit
-  --run           try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails
-
-Supported PROGRAM values:
-  aclocal      touch file \`aclocal.m4'
-  autoconf     touch file \`configure'
-  autoheader   touch file \`config.h.in'
-  automake     touch all \`Makefile.in' files
-  bison        create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-  flex         create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  help2man     touch the output file
-  lex          create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
-  makeinfo     touch the output file
-  tar          try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
-  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
-
-Send bug reports to <bug-automake at gnu.org>."
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
-    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
-    exit $?
-    ;;
-
-  -*)
-    echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option"
-    echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information"
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-
-esac
-
-# Now exit if we have it, but it failed.  Also exit now if we
-# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
-# the program).
-case "$1" in
-  lex|yacc)
-    # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
-    ;;
-
-  tar)
-    if test -n "$run"; then
-       echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
-       exit 1
-    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
-       exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
-       # Could not run --version or --help.  This is probably someone
-       # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
-       # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
-# try to emulate it.
-case "$1" in
-  aclocal*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.  Grab them from
-         any GNU archive site."
-    touch aclocal.m4
-    ;;
-
-  autoconf)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want to install the
-         \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
-         archive site."
-    touch configure
-    ;;
-
-  autoheader)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
-         to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
-         from any GNU archive site."
-    files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}`
-    test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
-    touch_files=
-    for f in $files; do
-      case "$f" in
-      *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
-				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
-      *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
-      esac
-    done
-    touch $touch_files
-    ;;
-
-  automake*)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
-         You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
-         Grab them from any GNU archive site."
-    find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print |
-	   sed 's/\.am$/.in/' |
-	   while read f; do touch "$f"; done
-    ;;
-
-  autom4te)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.
-         You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
-         archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
-    if test -f "$file"; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo "#! /bin/sh"
-	echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of"
-	echo "#  $ $@"
-	echo "exit 0"
-	chmod +x $file
-	exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  bison|yacc)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.y' file.  You may need the \`Bison' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
-    if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
-        eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
-	case "$LASTARG" in
-	*.y)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
-	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
-	    fi
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
-	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
-	echo >y.tab.h
-    fi
-    if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  lex|flex)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.l' file.  You may need the \`Flex' package
-         in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
-         \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
-    rm -f lex.yy.c
-    if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
-        eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
-	case "$LASTARG" in
-	*.l)
-	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
-	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
-	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
-	    fi
-	  ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-    if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
-	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  help2man)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-	 you modified a dependency of a manual page.  You may need the
-	 \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
-	 effect.  You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
-
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
-    if test -z "$file"; then
-	file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
-    fi
-    if [ -f "$file" ]; then
-	touch $file
-    else
-	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
-	echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page"
-	exit 1
-    fi
-    ;;
-
-  makeinfo)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
-         you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
-         indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
-         call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
-         DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
-         the \`GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
-    # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
-    if test -z "$file"; then
-      # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
-      infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
-      file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $infile`
-      # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
-      test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
-    fi
-    # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
-    # let's fail without touching anything.
-    test -f $file || exit 1
-    touch $file
-    ;;
-
-  tar)
-    shift
-
-    # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
-    # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
-    # messages.
-    if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
-       gnutar "$@" && exit 0
-    fi
-    if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then
-       gtar "$@" && exit 0
-    fi
-    firstarg="$1"
-    if shift; then
-	case "$firstarg" in
-	*o*)
-	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
-	    tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
-	    ;;
-	esac
-	case "$firstarg" in
-	*h*)
-	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
-	    tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
-	    ;;
-	esac
-    fi
-
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
-         You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the
-         command line arguments."
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-
-  *)
-    echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
-         You might have modified some files without having the
-         proper tools for further handling them.  Check the \`README' file,
-         it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
-         this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
-         some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
-    exit 1
-    ;;
-esac
-
-exit 0
-
-# Local variables:
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
diff --git a/mkinstalldirs b/mkinstalldirs
deleted file mode 100755
index ef7e16f..0000000
--- a/mkinstalldirs
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,161 +0,0 @@
-#! /bin/sh
-# mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
-
-scriptversion=2006-05-11.19
-
-# Original author: Noah Friedman <friedman at prep.ai.mit.edu>
-# Created: 1993-05-16
-# Public domain.
-#
-# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
-# bugs to <bug-automake at gnu.org> or send patches to
-# <automake-patches at gnu.org>.
-
-nl='
-'
-IFS=" ""	$nl"
-errstatus=0
-dirmode=
-
-usage="\
-Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ...
-
-Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all
-leading file name components.
-
-Report bugs to <bug-automake at gnu.org>."
-
-# process command line arguments
-while test $# -gt 0 ; do
-  case $1 in
-    -h | --help | --h*)         # -h for help
-      echo "$usage"
-      exit $?
-      ;;
-    -m)                         # -m PERM arg
-      shift
-      test $# -eq 0 && { echo "$usage" 1>&2; exit 1; }
-      dirmode=$1
-      shift
-      ;;
-    --version)
-      echo "$0 $scriptversion"
-      exit $?
-      ;;
-    --)                         # stop option processing
-      shift
-      break
-      ;;
-    -*)                         # unknown option
-      echo "$usage" 1>&2
-      exit 1
-      ;;
-    *)                          # first non-opt arg
-      break
-      ;;
-  esac
-done
-
-for file
-do
-  if test -d "$file"; then
-    shift
-  else
-    break
-  fi
-done
-
-case $# in
-  0) exit 0 ;;
-esac
-
-# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe.  If you mkdir -p a/b and
-# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing,
-# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with
-# a "File exists" error.  This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs
-# from a parallel make.  We use --version in the probe to restrict
-# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe.
-case $dirmode in
-  '')
-    if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then
-      echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
-      exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
-    else
-      # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not
-      # recognize any option.  It will interpret all options as
-      # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already
-      # exists.
-      test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
-      test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
-    fi
-    ;;
-  *)
-    if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
-       test ! -d ./--version; then
-      echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
-      exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
-    else
-      # Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir.
-      for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode";
-      do
-        test -d $d && rmdir $d
-      done
-    fi
-    ;;
-esac
-
-for file
-do
-  case $file in
-    /*) pathcomp=/ ;;
-    *)  pathcomp= ;;
-  esac
-  oIFS=$IFS
-  IFS=/
-  set fnord $file
-  shift
-  IFS=$oIFS
-
-  for d
-  do
-    test "x$d" = x && continue
-
-    pathcomp=$pathcomp$d
-    case $pathcomp in
-      -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
-    esac
-
-    if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
-      echo "mkdir $pathcomp"
-
-      mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
-
-      if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
-	errstatus=$lasterr
-      else
-	if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
-	  echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
-	  lasterr=
-	  chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
-
-	  if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
-	    errstatus=$lasterr
-	  fi
-	fi
-      fi
-    fi
-
-    pathcomp=$pathcomp/
-  done
-done
-
-exit $errstatus
-
-# Local Variables:
-# mode: shell-script
-# sh-indentation: 2
-# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
-# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
-# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
-# time-stamp-end: "$"
-# End:
-- 
1.8.4.rc3




More information about the Gcrypt-devel mailing list